US20100233151A1 - Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20100233151A1 US20100233151A1 US12/759,065 US75906510A US2010233151A1 US 20100233151 A1 US20100233151 A1 US 20100233151A1 US 75906510 A US75906510 A US 75906510A US 2010233151 A1 US2010233151 A1 US 2010233151A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- collagenase
- drug product
- purity
- lane
- sample
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 231
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 125
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 title claims description 27
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 title claims description 27
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 title claims description 27
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title claims description 16
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 title claims description 14
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 11
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 388
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 388
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 355
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 355
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 324
- YRQNKMKHABXEJZ-UVQQGXFZSA-N chembl176323 Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(C)CC(N=C4C[C@]5(C)CCC6[C@]7(C)CC[C@@H]([C@]7(CC[C@]6(C)[C@@]5(C)CC4=N4)C)CCCCCCCC)=C4C[C@]3(C)CCC2[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](CCCCCCCC)[C@]21C YRQNKMKHABXEJZ-UVQQGXFZSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 183
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 156
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 claims description 151
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 claims description 144
- 108010009004 proteose-peptone Proteins 0.000 claims description 100
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 89
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 88
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 88
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 81
- 239000001166 ammonium sulphate Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 80
- 108090001092 clostripain Proteins 0.000 claims description 78
- 239000001888 Peptone Substances 0.000 claims description 77
- 108010080698 Peptones Proteins 0.000 claims description 77
- 235000019319 peptone Nutrition 0.000 claims description 77
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 74
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 63
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 60
- WHWDWIHXSPCOKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexahydrofarnesyl acetone Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)=O WHWDWIHXSPCOKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 57
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 55
- 238000009295 crossflow filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 55
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 claims description 55
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 claims description 55
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 54
- 241000193159 Hathewaya histolytica Species 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 43
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 claims description 34
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 claims description 32
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000012614 Q-Sepharose Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000013382 Gelatinases Human genes 0.000 claims description 21
- 108010026132 Gelatinases Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 108010013295 Microbial collagenase Proteins 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 claims 7
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 252
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 154
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 118
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 86
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 80
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 76
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 76
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 74
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 68
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 62
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 57
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 57
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 57
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 56
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 54
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 54
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 51
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 44
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 42
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 39
- AXAVXPMQTGXXJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminoacetic acid;2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound NCC(O)=O.OCC(N)(CO)CO AXAVXPMQTGXXJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 238000000326 densiometry Methods 0.000 description 36
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 31
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 28
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 27
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 26
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 25
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000013595 supernatant sample Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 22
- AIUDWMLXCFRVDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 2-(3-ethyl-3-methylpentyl)propanedioate Chemical class CCC(C)(CC)CCC(C(=O)OC)C(=O)OC AIUDWMLXCFRVDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229940066779 peptones Drugs 0.000 description 21
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 20
- FFBHFFJDDLITSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl N-[2-hydroxy-4-(3-oxomorpholin-4-yl)phenyl]carbamate Chemical compound OC1=C(NC(=O)OCC2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC(=C1)N1CCOCC1=O FFBHFFJDDLITSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 19
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000012505 Superdex™ Substances 0.000 description 18
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 18
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 18
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 16
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 15
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 15
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 14
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 13
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000011143 downstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 12
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC(O)=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002028 Biomass Substances 0.000 description 9
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 8
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000003998 size exclusion chromatography high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000009010 Bradford assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010923 batch production Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012538 diafiltration buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000013028 medium composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000008816 Trefoil Factor-2 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010088411 Trefoil Factor-2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011210 chromatographic step Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 5
- BAUYGSIQEAFULO-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(2+) sulfate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Fe+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O BAUYGSIQEAFULO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 229910000359 iron(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000011177 media preparation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- AEDORKVKMIVLBW-BLDDREHASA-N 3-oxo-3-[[(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-[[5-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methylpyridin-3-yl]methoxy]oxan-2-yl]methoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound OCC1=C(O)C(C)=NC=C1CO[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COC(=O)CC(O)=O)O1 AEDORKVKMIVLBW-BLDDREHASA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241001510071 Pyrrhocoridae Species 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- UHZZMRAGKVHANO-UHFFFAOYSA-M chlormequat chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCCl UHZZMRAGKVHANO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013411 master cell bank Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012092 media component Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001706 oxygenating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000012429 release testing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011172 small scale experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012137 tryptone Substances 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010034464 Periarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011166 aliquoting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012470 diluted sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000013372 meat Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940079463 niacin 100 mg Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012510 peptide mapping method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011165 process development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940014551 pyridoxine 100 mg Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940103143 riboflavin 50 mg Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012146 running buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012764 semi-quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229940097022 thiamine 100 mg Drugs 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000001708 Dupuytren contracture Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000920186 Hathewaya histolytica Collagenase ColH Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000004362 Penile Induration Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020758 Peyronie disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N PicoGreen Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCCN(C)C)C1=CC(=CC2=[N+](C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiamine Natural products CC1=C(CCO)SC=[N+]1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N JZRWCGZRTZMZEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229940108022 calcium pantothenate 100 mg Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006167 equilibration buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YQDHCCVUYCIGSW-LBPRGKRZSA-N ethyl (2s)-2-benzamido-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoate Chemical compound NC(=N)NCCC[C@@H](C(=O)OCC)NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YQDHCCVUYCIGSW-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002270 exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012537 formulation buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002743 glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012787 harvest procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000413 hydrolysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010949 in-process test method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960003512 nicotinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013618 particulate matter Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011028 process validation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013587 production medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridoxine Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(CO)=C1O LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012192 staining solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009469 supplementation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019157 thiamine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiamine Chemical compound CC1=C(CCO)SCN1CC1=CN=C(C)N=C1N KYMBYSLLVAOCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003495 thiamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011721 thiamine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000035484 Cellulite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000749287 Clitocybe nebularis Clitocypin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000767029 Clitocybe nebularis Clitocypin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000238424 Crustacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940094664 Cysteine protease inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238557 Decapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012366 Fed-batch cultivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000920185 Hathewaya histolytica Collagenase ColG Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002260 Keloid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010024612 Lipoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000003928 Malus coronaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010049752 Peau d'orange Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000011542 SDS running buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012722 SDS sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031737 Tissue Adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003698 anagen phase Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012435 analytical chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012863 analytical testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012865 aseptic processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011948 assay development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium chloride dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] LLSDKQJKOVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940109069 calcium pantothenate 200 mg Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FAPWYRCQGJNNSJ-CTWWJBIBSA-L calcium;3-[[(2s)-2,4-dihydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutanoyl]amino]propanoate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OCC(C)(C)[C@H](O)C(=O)NCCC([O-])=O.OCC(C)(C)[C@H](O)C(=O)NCCC([O-])=O FAPWYRCQGJNNSJ-CTWWJBIBSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003848 cartilage regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013354 cell banking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036232 cellulite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000005827 chlorofluoro hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012501 chromatography medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011382 collagen catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010217 densitometric analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012444 downstream purification process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012527 feed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010603 frozen shoulder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012789 harvest method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001969 hypertrophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012361 intermediate testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007919 intrasynovial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006799 invasive growth in response to glucose limitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010829 isocratic elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001117 keloid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013622 meat product Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004925 microvascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000424 optical density measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001139 pH measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- -1 paraffins Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013014 purified material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013094 purity test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000008160 pyridoxine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011677 pyridoxine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012797 qualification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012925 reference material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940103141 riboflavin 100 mg Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012776 robust process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012898 sample dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003206 sterilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012536 storage buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000019086 sulfide ion homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WVRJUMZHKISIJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraazanium;disulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O WVRJUMZHKISIJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioglycolate(1-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CS CWERGRDVMFNCDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000035408 type 1 diabetes mellitus 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013060 ultrafiltration and diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019871 vegetable fat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940011671 vitamin b6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150117224 washc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000016804 zinc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014692 zinc oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
- A61K38/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
- A61K38/4886—Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24), e.g. collagenase
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
- A61K38/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/08—Solutions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/19—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles lyophilised, i.e. freeze-dried, solutions or dispersions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/10—Anti-acne agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
- C12N9/18—Carboxylic ester hydrolases (3.1.1)
- C12N9/20—Triglyceride splitting, e.g. by means of lipase
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
- C12N9/50—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
- C12N9/52—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from bacteria or Archaea
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y304/00—Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)
- C12Y304/24—Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24)
- C12Y304/24007—Interstitial collagenase (3.4.24.7), i.e. matrix metalloprotease 1 or MMP1
Definitions
- Collagen is the major structural constituent of mammalian organisms and makes up a large portion of the total protein content of skin and other parts of the animal body. In humans, it is particularly important in the wound healing process and in the process of natural aging. Various skin traumas such as burns, surgery, infection and accident are often characterized by the erratic accumulation of fibrous tissue rich in collagen and having increased proteoglycan content. In addition to the replacement of the normal tissue which has been damaged or destroyed, excessive and disfiguring deposits of new tissue sometimes form during the healing process. The excess collagen deposition has been attributed to a disturbance in the balance between collagen synthesis and collagen degradation.
- Collagen-mediated diseases Numerous diseases and conditions are associated with excess collagen deposition and the erratic accumulation of fibrous tissue rich in collagen. Such diseases and conditions are collectively referred to herein as “collagen-mediated diseases”. Collagenase has been used to treat a variety of collagen-mediated diseases. Collagenase is an enzyme that has the specific ability to digest collagen.
- Collagenase for use in therapy may be obtained from a variety of sources including mammalian (e.g. human), crustacean (e.g. crab, shrimp), fungal, and bacterial (e.g. from the fermentation of Clostridium, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, or Vibrio ). Collagenase has also been genetically engineered.
- mammalian e.g. human
- crustacean e.g. crab, shrimp
- fungal e.g. from the fermentation of Clostridium, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, or Vibrio
- bacterial e.g. from the fermentation of Clostridium, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, or Vibrio
- Collagenase has also been genetically engineered.
- One common source of crude collagenase is from a bacterial fermentation process, specifically the fermentation of C. histolyticum ( C. his ).
- a therapeutic collagenase preparation in which the ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II in the preparation can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled to obtain superior, and consistent enzyme activity and therapeutic effect, would be desirable.
- the present invention provides a collagenase composition
- a collagenase composition comprising a combination of highly purified collagenase I and collagenase II.
- the collagenase I and collagenase II are present in a mass ratio of about 1 to 1.
- the composition of the invention provides improved and consistent therapeutic effect while lowering the potential for side effects.
- the invention further provides methods for preparing a collagenase composition of the invention, pharmaceutical formulations comprising a composition of the invention and methods for treating patients suffering from a collagen-mediated disease using a collagenase composition of the invention.
- FIG. 1 depicts growth curves (OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT24a,b fermentations.
- FIG. 2 depicts net growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT24a,b fermentations.
- FIG. 3 is a 8% Tris-glycine SDS PAGE gel from the second fermentation:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.27 ⁇ g Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.29 ⁇ g Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) - Harvest point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 6: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 16 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 15 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 11: 11.6 h-19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 12: 10.5 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample);
- FIG. 4 is a 8% Tris-glycine SDS PAGE gel from the first fermentation:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.27 ⁇ g Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.29 ⁇ g Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) - Harvest point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 6: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 16 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 15 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 11: 11.4 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 12: 10.4 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample);
- FIG. 5 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for the second fermentation, harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 3: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 4: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 5: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 6: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 7: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 8: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 9: 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 10: 0.193 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 11: 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II;
- FIG. 6 represents fermentation strategy used for DCFT26a and DCFT26b
- FIG. 7 depicts growth curves (OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT26a,b fermentations
- FIG. 8 depicts net growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT26a,b fermentations;
- FIG. 9 is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26a:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.67 ⁇ g Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.72 ⁇ g Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) - Harvest Point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 6: 18 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 16 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 11: 11 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample);
- FIG. 10 is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26b:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 20 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) - Harvest point Lane 3: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 4: 18 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 5: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 6: 16 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 15 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 14 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 13 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 11 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 11: Collagenase I - 0.67 ⁇ g Lane 12: Collagenase II - 0.72 ⁇ g;
- FIG. 11 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26a, harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 8: 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 9: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 10: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 11: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation sample);
- FIG. 12 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26b, harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 8: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 9: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 10: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 11: 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample);
- FIG. 13 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (100 g/L and 150 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.72 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 ⁇ L of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS ( 1/10) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS ( 1/10);
- FIG. 14 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (200 g/L and 250 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.72 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 ⁇ L of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS ( 1/10) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS ( 1/10);
- FIG. 15 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (300 g/L and 400 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.72 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 ⁇ L of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS (Neat sample) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5 dilution) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS (1 ⁇ 5 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/10 dilution);
- FIG. 16 depicts a Growth curves (OD vs time and net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in PBFT57 fermentation
- FIG. 17 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel, harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 8: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 9: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 10: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 11: 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation harvest sample);
- FIG. 18 a is a quantitative SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed 500 mL sample from fermentation PBFT57, harvest point sample. 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker
- Lane 2 0.272 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.286 ⁇ g collagenase II
- Lane 3 0.181 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.190 ⁇ g collagenase II
- Lane 4 0.136 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.142 ⁇ g collagenase II
- Lane 5 0.109 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.114 ⁇ g collagenase II
- Lane 6 post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/15 dilution)
- Lane 7 post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/20 dilution)
- Lane 8 post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/25 dilution)
- Lane 9 post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/30 dilution)
- Lane 10 post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/35 dilution)
- Lane 11 High Molecular Weight Marker;
- FIG. 18 b is a SDS PAGE of the supernatants after centrifugation of the ammonium sulphate precipitated samples:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g Col I and 0.29 ⁇ g Col II Lane 3: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L slow addition) Lane 4: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L fast addition) Lane 5: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (440 g/L slow addition) Lane 6: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (480 g/L slow addition) Lane 7: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (520 g/L slow addition) Lane 8: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L, pH 6) Lane 9: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L, oxygenated);
- FIG. 19 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel showing diluted samples from the harvest point supernatant and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate (with 400 g/L-fast addition) precipitated sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker
- Lane 2 Fermentation sample - harvest (neat)
- Lane 3 Fermentation sample - harvest ( 1/1 dilution)
- Lane 4 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 2 dilution)
- Lane 5 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 3 dilution)
- Lane 6 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 4 dilution)
- Lane 7 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/17.54 dilution) corresponds to lane 1
- Lane 8 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/35.08 dilution) corresponds to lane 2
- Lane 9 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/52.62 dilution) corresponds to lane 3
- Lane 10 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/70.16 dilution) corresponds to lane 4
- Lane 11 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/87.70 dilution) corresponds to lane 5;
- FIG. 20 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT57 showing diluted samples from the harvest point supernatant and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate (with 520 g/L) precipitated sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker
- Lane 2 Fermentation sample - harvest (neat)
- Lane 3 Fermentation sample - harvest ( 1/1 dilution)
- Lane 4 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 2 dilution)
- Lane 5 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 3 dilution)
- Lane 6 Fermentation sample - harvest (1 ⁇ 4 dilution)
- Lane 7 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/15.63) corresponds to lane 1
- Lane 8 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/31.26) corresponds to lane 2
- Lane 9 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/46.89) corresponds to lane 3
- Lane 10 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/62.52) corresponds to lane 4
- Lane 11 Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/78.15) corresponds to lane 5;
- FIG. 21 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum strains 004 and 013 in PBFT58c,d fermentations;
- FIG. 22 is a SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58c (Strain 004):
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 1.00 ⁇ g Lane 3: Collagenase I - 0.67 ⁇ g Lane 4: Collagenase II - 1.08 ⁇ g Lane 5: Collagenase II - 0.72 ⁇ g Lane 6: 16.25 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 18 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 20.5 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample);
- FIG. 23 is a SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58d (Strain 013):
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 1.00 ⁇ g Lane 3: Collagenase I - 0.67 ⁇ g Lane 4: Collagenase II - 1.08 ⁇ g Lane 5: Collagenase II - 0.72 ⁇ g Lane 6: 16.25 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 18 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 9: 19 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 10: 20.5 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample);
- FIG. 24 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58c (strain 004), harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g Collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.19 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.116 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: 6.12 ⁇ L of sample Lane 7: 3.06 ⁇ L of sample Lane 8: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample Lane 9: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample Lane 10: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample;
- FIG. 25 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58d (strain 013), harvest point sample:
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.19 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.116 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: 6.12 ⁇ L of sample Lane 7: 3.06 ⁇ L of sample Lane 8: 2.04 ⁇ L of sample Lane 9: 1.53 ⁇ L of sample Lane 10: 1.22 ⁇ L of sample;
- FIG. 26 is SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed harvest point sample (520 g/L ammonium sulphate) of PBFT58c fermentation (strain 004):
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.19 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.116 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: post dialysed harvest point sample - Neat Lane 7: post dialysed harvest point sample - (1 ⁇ 5 dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 9: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/15 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/20 dilution);
- FIG. 27 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed harvest point sample (400 g/L ammonium sulphate) of PBFT58d fermentation (strain 013):
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.19 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.145 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 ⁇ g collagenase I and 0.116 ⁇ g collagenase II Lane 6: post dialysed harvest point sample - Neat Lane 7: post dialysed harvest point sample - (1 ⁇ 5 dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 9: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/15 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/20 dilution);
- FIG. 28 is illustrates a flow chart of the Experimental procedure used for screening the alternative vegetable peptones
- FIG. 29 illustrates a fed-batch strategy for DCFT27a,b fermentations
- FIG. 30 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT27a and DCFT27b fed-batch fermentations;
- FIG. 31 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L PBFT59a,b,c batch fermentations;
- FIG. 32 depicts a growth curve (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT27d fed-batch fermentation
- FIG. 33 a is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT27d (Phytone supplemented with amino acids):
- Lane 1 High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 18 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 3: 17 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 4: 15 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 5: 14 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 6: 13 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 7: 11.3 h (6.12 ⁇ L of sample) Lane 8: 0.27 ⁇ g Collagenase I and 0.29 ⁇ g Collagenase II;
- FIG. 33 b represents a schematic diagram of the inoculation procedure
- FIG. 33 c represents a flow chart of an approximately 200 L fed batch inoculation process
- FIG. 34 shows a chromatogram after hydroxyapatite chromatography
- FIG. 35 shows a chromatogram after a fractogel TMAE anion exchange
- FIG. 36 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Pre HA, Post HA and Post TMAE material from 5 L scale process:
- FIG. 37 shows a chromatogram after a fractogel TMAE anion exchange
- FIG. 38 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence leupeptin:
- FIG. 39 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin.
- Gel 2-Peak 2 (ABCI):
- FIG. 40 shows a chromatogram after a Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with modified gradient
- FIG. 41 shows a chromatogram after a Superdex 75 Gel Permeation chromatography of ABCII
- FIG. 42 is a 12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of Superdex 75 GPC of concentrated ABC II run in the presence of arginine:
- FIG. 43 shows a chromatogram after a Superdex 75 Gel Permeation chromatography of ABCI
- FIG. 44 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of Superdex 75 GPC of concentrated ABC I run in the presence of arginine:
- FIG. 45 represents a flow chart of one proposed manufacturing process
- FIG. 46 represents a flow chart of the fermentation procedure for process 3.
- FIG. 47 represents a flow chart of the purification procedure for process 3.
- FIG. 48 is a SDS-PAGE (reduced) Coomasie stained for Intermediates AUXI and AUXII:
- FIG. 49 is a SDS-PAGE (reduced) Coomasie stained for Drug Substance:
- FIG. 50 is DS-PAGE (reduced) Silver stained Drug Substance:
- FIG. 51 depicts a comparison of C. histolyticum grown on Proteose Peptone #3 in a batch fermentation to the existing fermentation process using Phytone peptone during fed-batch cultivation; - ⁇ - GCFT03b PP3 batch - ⁇ - GCFT03d Phytone fed-batch
- FIG. 52 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the collagenase product at the harvest point (20 h) of a 5 L Protease Peptone #3 batch fermentation (GCFT03b) (8% Tris-Glycine):
- Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 0.27 ⁇ g AUXI 3 0.18 ⁇ g AUXI 4 0.135 ⁇ g AUXI 5 0.29 ⁇ g AUXII 6 0.193 ⁇ g AUXII 7 0.145 ⁇ g AUXII 8 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) 9 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation sample) 10 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation sample) 11 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation sample)
- FIG. 53 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the collagenase product at the harvest point (20 h) of a 5 L Phytone fed-batch fermentation (GCFT03d) (8% Tris-Glycine):
- Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 0.27 ⁇ g AUXI 3 0.18 ⁇ g AUXI 4 0.135 ⁇ g AUXI 5 0.29 ⁇ g AUXII 6 0.193 ⁇ g AUXII 7 0.145 ⁇ g AUXII 8 0.87 ⁇ L of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) 9 1.22 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 5 dilution of fermentation sample) 10 1.53 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 4 dilution of fermentation sample) 11 2.04 ⁇ L of sample (1 ⁇ 3 dilution of fermentation sample)
- FIG. 54 illustrates three fermentations of Clostridium histolyticum grown on 50 g/L PP3 demonstrating a reproducible growth profile: - ⁇ - GCFT03b - ⁇ - GCFT04c - ⁇ - GCFT05d
- FIG. 55 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of GCFT05d (batch fermentation with Proteose Peptone #3), 8% Tris Glycine gel, colloidal stained):
- FIG. 56 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of GCFT05d (batch fermentation with Proteose Peptone #3), (8% Tris Glycine gel, silver stained):
- FIG. 57 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of DCFT24b (fed-batch fermentation using Phytone peptone), (8% Tris Glycine gel, colloidal stained):
- Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI - 0.27 ⁇ g 3 AUXII - 0.29 ⁇ g 4 20 hours - Harvest point 5 19 hours 6 17 hours 7 16 hours 8 15 hours 9 14 hours 10 13 hours 11 11.6 hours 12 10.5 hours
- FIG. 58 illustrates a comparison of growth curves from C. histolyticum fermentations using different lots of PP3:
- FIG. 59 illustrates a small scale comparison of three lots of PP3 and evaluation of
- FIG. 60 depicts a growth profiles of two 5 L fermentations utilizing PP3 at 100 g/L:
- FIG. 61 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of PBFT70c, 100 g/L PP3 (lot #5354796) fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine):
- FIG. 62 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the timecourse of PBFT70d, 100 g/L PP3 (lot #532635) fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine):
- FIG. 63 represents a densitometry analysis of SDS-PAGE to compare cell growth to product formation from 5 L fermentation PBFT70c:
- FIG. 64 illustrated a Comparison of 100 g/L PP3 process at 5 L and 200 L scale:
- FIG. 65 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine):
- Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI and AUXII mixed reference (1.2 ⁇ g) 3 4 hours 4 6 hours 5 8 hours 6 9.4 hours 7 12 hours 8 14 hours
- FIG. 66 represents a densitometry analysis of SDS-PAGE to compare cell growth to product formation from 200 L fermentation:
- FIG. 67 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation (4-12% Bis-Tris):
- Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI and AUXII mixed reference (1.2 ⁇ g) 3 4 hours 4 6 hours 5 8 hours 6 9.4 hours 7 12 hours 8 14 hours
- FIG. 68 shows a standard curve for densitometry quantification of collagenase concentration.
- FIG. 69 represents a schematic illustration of the fermentation and harvest of Clostridium histolyticum.
- FIGS. 70( a ) and ( b ) are chromatograms resulting from Hydrophobic interaction chromatography using Phenyl Sepharose FF (low sub): (a) is full scale chromatogram and (b) is an expanded chromatogram showing fraction collection.
- FIG. 71 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the Mustang Q filter step to the TFF1 step.
- the gel is stained with Colloidal blue and overloaded (2.5 .mu.g total protein/lane) to show contaminant bands:
- FIG. 72 is an Ion exchange chromatogram (Q Sepharose HP) of the post HIC material after concentration and diafiltration into 10 mM Tris, 200 ⁇ M leupeptin pH 8.
- FIG. 73 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 1 (AUXII) eluted during the ion exchange column ( FIG. 5 ).
- Gel 1 the gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 74 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 1 (AUXII) eluted during the ion exchange column ( FIG. 5 ).
- Gel 2 the gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 75 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 2 (AUXI) eluted during the ion exchange column ( FIG. 5 ).
- Gel 3 the gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 76 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 2 (AUXI) eluted during the ion exchange column ( FIG. 5 ).
- Gel 4 the gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 77 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the anion exchange step to final product. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. Gel 1:1 ⁇ g/lane loading:
- FIG. 78 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the anion exchange step to final product. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. Gel 2: 2.5 ⁇ g/lane loading:
- FIG. 79 is a SDS-PAGE with 8% Tris Glycine (NB Ref AS/1640/020):
- FIG. 80 is a SDS-PAGE with 8% Tris Glycine:
- FIG. 81 is a SDS-PAGE gel:
- FIG. 82 represents analytical chromatography analysis.
- FIG. 83 shows protein concentration determination by UV.
- FIG. 84 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through taken at the point of manufacture and stored at ⁇ 20° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. 1 ⁇ g loading:
- FIG. 85 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 22 hrs at Room Temperature. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 86 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 22 hrs at 37° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 87 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 94 hrs at Room Temperature. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 88 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 94 hrs at 37° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 89 is a 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of selected post IEX AUX I and post IEX AUX II fractions. Fractions were selected from the 20 L demonstration run which were enriched for the required contaminant protein. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- FIG. 90 is a 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of selected post IEX AUX I and post IEX AUX II fractions. Fractions were selected from purified material generated from fermentation 20 L PP3 and enriched for the ⁇ 90 kDa contaminant protein. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue:
- the invention provides a novel collagenase drug substance comprising a mixture of highly purified collagenase I and collagenase II in a mass ratio of about 1 to 1. It has been discovered that a composition comprising a mixture of collagenase I and collagenase II in an artificial mass ratio of 1 to 1 provides highly reproducible and optimal enzymatic activity and imparts superior therapeutic effect while lowering the potential for side effects. It is understood that the terms “drug substance”, “drug product” or “collagenase composition” can be used interchangeably.
- the present invention provides a drug substance consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, and preferably a purity of at least 98% by area.
- the present invention provides a drug substance, wherein the drug substance having at least one specification selected from table A below:
- the invention provides a process for producing a drug substance consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, comprising the steps of:
- the fermentation step is conducted in the presence of a porcine derived, a phytone peptone or a vegetable peptone medium. More preferably, the porcine derived medium is proteose peptone #3.
- the invention provides a fermentation procedure comprising the steps of:
- the fermentation procedure comprises the steps of:
- the invention provides a purification procedure comprising the steps of:
- the drug substance of the present invention includes both collagenase I and collagenase II.
- a preferred source of crude collagenase is from a bacterial fermentation process, specifically the fermentation of C. histolyticum ( C. his ). In one embodiment of the invention, a fermentation process is described.
- the crude collagenase obtained from C. his may be purified by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, including dye ligand affinity chromatography, heparin affinity chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, hydroxylapatite chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, and metal chelation chromatography. Crude and partially purified collagenase is commercially available from many sources including Advance Biofactures Corp., Lynbrook, N.Y.
- collagenase I and collagenase II are metalloproteases and require tightly bound zinc and loosely bound calcium for their activity (Eddie L. Angleton and H. E. Van Wart, Biochemistry 1988, 27, 7406-7412). Both collagenases have broad specificity toward all types of collagen (Steinbrink, D; Bond, M and Van Wart, H; (1985), JBC, 260 p 2771-2776). Collagenase I and Collagenase II digest collagen by hydrolyzing the triple-helical region of collagen under physiological conditions (Steinbrink, D; Bond, M and Van Wart, H; (1985), JBC, 260 p 2771-2776). Even though each collagenase shows different specificity (e.g.
- collagen mediated-diseases examples include but are not limited to: Dupuytren's disease; Peyronie's disease; frozen shoulder (adhesive capsulitis), keloids; hypertrophic scars; depressed scars such as those resulting from inflammatory acne; post-surgical adhesions; acne vulgaris; lipomas, and disfiguring conditions such as wrinkling, cellulite formation and neoplastic fibrosis.
- U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,086,872 and 5,589,171 incorporated herein by reference disclose the use of collagenase preparations in the treatment of Dupuytren's disease.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,022,539 incorporated herein by reference discloses the use of collagenase preparations in the treatment of Peyronie's disease.
- the composition of the invention is also useful for the dissociation of tissue into individual cells and cell clusters as is useful in a wide variety of laboratory, diagnostic and therapeutic applications. These applications involve the isolation of many types of cells for various uses, including microvascular endothelial cells for small diameter synthetic vascular graft seeding, hepatocytes for gene therapy, drug toxicology screening and extracorporeal liver assist devices, chondrocytes for cartilage regeneration, and islets of Langerhans for the treatment of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Enzyme treatment works to fragment extracellular matrix proteins and proteins which maintain cell-to-cell contact. Since collagen is the principle protein component of tissue ultrastructure, the enzyme collagenase has been frequently used to accomplish the desired tissue disintegration. In general, the composition of the present invention is useful for any application where the removal of cells or the modification of an extracellular matrix, are desired.
- Collagenase compositions of the invention may also be prepared by mixing either a specific number of activity units or specific masses of the preferably purified enzymes. Collagenase activity can be measured by the enzyme's ability to hydrolyze either synthetic peptide or collagen substrate. Those skilled in the art will recognize that enzyme assays other than those disclosed herein may also be used to define and prepare functionally equivalent enzyme compositions.
- Another aspect of the present invention is the reproducible optimization of the 1 to 1 mass ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II in the composition of the invention.
- the reproducibility of the ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II has previously been a challenge because of several factors.
- the optimized fixed mass ratio of the composition of the present invention maximizes the synergistic activity provided by the two different collagenases resulting in superior therapeutic benefit.
- the invention also provides pharmaceutical formulations of the compositions of the invention.
- the pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a collagenase composition of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; glycols such as propylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium
- compositions of this invention may be administered parenterally, topically, or via an implanted reservoir.
- parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
- the composition is injected into the disfiguring tissue.
- the composition is injected into the cord or plaque.
- local administration is defined herein to embrace such direct injection.
- the site of injection can be immobilized for 4 or more hours.
- Injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions, may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
- the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
- the sterile solutions may also be lyophilized for later use.
- Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
- the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
- the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
- Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
- dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
- Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin.
- the rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- the drug substance of the invention is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with lactose.
- each milligram of injectable collagenase is formulated with 1.9 mg of lactose.
- each milligram of injection collagenase preferably has approximately 2800 SRC units and 51000 units measured with a potency assay using a synthetic substrate, pzGPGGPA.
- the collagenase composition of the invention is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris at a pH level of about 8.0.
- 1.0 mg of the drug substance of the invention is formulated in 60 mM Sucrose, 10 mM Tris, at a pH of about 8.0 (this equates to 20.5 mg/mL of sucrose and 1.21 mg/mL of Tris in the formulation buffer).
- Examples of some of the formulations include, but not limited to: for a 0.58 mg of the drug substance dose, 18.5 mg of sucrose and 1.1 mg of Tris are added in each vial, where the targeting a vial fill volume is 0.9 mL; and for a 0.58 mg of the drug substance dose, 12.0 mg sucrose (multicompendial) and 0.7 mg of Tris (multicompendial).
- a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of the invention is meant an amount of the compound which confers a therapeutic effect on the treated subject, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- the therapeutic effect may be objective (i.e., measurable by some test or marker) or subjective (i.e., subject gives an indication of or feels an effect).
- Effective doses will also vary depending on route of administration, as well as the possibility of co-usage with other agents. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
- the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or contemporaneously with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- the drug substance for injectable collagenase consists of two microbial collagenases, referred to as Collagenase AUX I and Collagenase ABC I and Collagenase AUX II and Collagenase ABC II. It is understood that the terms “Collagenase I”, “ABC I”, “AUX I”, “collagenase AUX I”, and “collagenase ABC I” mean the same and can be used interchangeably. Similarly, the terms “Collagenase II”, “ABC II”, “AUX II”, “collagenase AUX II”, and “collagenase ABC II” refer to the same enzyme and can also be used interchangeably. These collagenases are secreted by bacterial cells. They are isolated and purified from Clostridium histolyticum culture supernatant by chromatographic methods. Both collagenases are special proteases and share the same EC number (E.C 3.4.24.3).
- Collagenase AUX I has a single polypeptide chain consisting of approximately 1000 amino acids with a molecular weight of 115 kDa.
- Collagenase AUX II has also a single polypeptide chain consisting of about 1000 amino acids with a molecular weight of 110 kDa.
- the drug substance (collagenase concentrate) has an approximately 1 to 1 mass ratio for collagenase AUX I and AUX II.
- the collagenase concentrate has an extinction coefficient of 1.528.
- compositions and processes of the present invention will be better understood in connection with the following examples, which are intended as an illustration only and not limiting of the scope of the invention.
- Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art and such changes and modifications including, without limitation, those relating to the processes, formulations and/or methods of the invention may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and the scope of the appended claims.
- the assessment of the primary recovery step of the collagenases using ammonium sulphate precipitation was carried out on 0.2 ⁇ m filtrates of the crude fermentation supernatants. The aim here was to help increase the collagenase yield and ideally decrease the quantity of clostripain that was carried through the process. Initially ammonium sulphate concentrations of 100-400 g/L were assessed. Ammonium sulphate at 400 g/L resulted in significant recovery of collagenase. A further study was carried out with a higher range of ammonium sulphate (400-520 g/L). In addition, the effect of decreasing the pH to 6.0 and oxygenating the media prior to precipitation were also investigated. No difference was observed in either the quantity of the collagenases or clostripain recovered from the supernatant under any of these conditions. The pellet generated from 400 g/L ammonium sulphate was the easiest to resuspend.
- FIG. 1 shows the growth curves (OD 600 nm vs time) from the two fermentations
- FIG. 2 shows the net growth curves (Net OD 600 nm vs time). It was observed that the cells from the first fermentation grew very fast and reached their maximum OD after approximately 10 hours. This was due to the fact that the media in the batch phase was very rich. During the fed-batch phase the cells did not appear to grow. The OD values decreased slightly, which could be partly attributed to the fact that the cells were dying and to the dilution effect of the feed in to the fermenter.
- the fed-batch phase was started after 6 hours. At that point the OD value would have been low, as suggested by the growth curve in FIG. 1 . The cells continued to grow slowly up to approximately 18 hours.
- SDS PAGE analysis (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples were carried out for each for the two fermentations. The gels are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 . A semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel was also produced for the harvest point sample of the second fermentation.
- the SDS PAGE gel analysis in FIG. 4 indicated that very low amounts of the collagenases were expressed. This could be due to the fact that the cells grew very fast during the batch phase and as a result the maximum cell concentration was reached after approximately 10 hours. In contrast, very high level of collagenase expression was observed in the second fermentation, probably due to the fact that the cells grew more slowly during the short batch phase and continued to grow during the fed-batch phase.
- the invention relates to an improved fermentation method for C. his wherein cell growth is controlled and slow during the short batch phase and continuing growth during the fed-batch phase. Slow growth is defined to mean that the rate of growth during the short batch phase does not result in a maximum cell concentration prior to the fed-batch phase, such as within about 10 hours of the beginning of the fermentation process. In a preferred embodiment, the rate of growth is approximately that resulting from the second fermentation cycle described herein.
- the next step was to perform an additional set of fed-batch fermentations using slightly modified fed-batch strategies and media.
- the aim was to improve the scalability and robustness of the fermentation process.
- the media recipe for this fermentation was the same as above, with the exception that the phytone peptone and the yeast extract in the batch phase were filter sterilised instead of being autoclaved. This was done in order to avoid autoclaving the yeast extract and phytone, which can potentially affect their composition by heat and denaturation of proteins in the media.
- the amount of yeast extract and phytone peptone was increased. This was done so that the concentration of yeast extract and peptone in the feed was less than that in DCFT26a and thus easier to make up and filter sterilise.
- the strategy followed was the same, a 6 h batch phase followed by a 14 h fed-batch phase. Tables 3 and 4 present the media recipes, whereas FIG. 6 the strategy used for both fermentations.
- FIG. 7 shows the growth curves (OD 600 nm vs time) from the two fermentations
- FIG. 8 shows the net growth curves (Net OD 600 nm vs time).
- the growth curves for DCFT26a and DCFT26b were very similar to that of DCFT24b shown in FIG. 2 .
- the cells grew slowly during the fed-batch phase and reached a final net OD 600 nm of approximately 3.5.
- the gels show that in the case where the ammonium sulphate used was between 15% to 45% saturation, the levels of collagenases in the post-dialysed samples were very low. The recovery in these cases seemed to be less than 5%.
- the invention relates to the use of the media recipe (of course, amounts set forth therein are approximated) set forth above in DCFT26b and the use of ammonium sulphate to precipitate collagenase wherein about 400 g/liter of ammonium sulfate is added to the collagenase-containing medium.
- the primary aim was to assess the reproducibility of the developed fed-batch strategy.
- a fed-batch fermentation was performed which was a replicate fermentation of DCFT26b.
- the ammonium sulphate/precipitation steps were investigated in more detail compared to the previous small-scale study. More specifically, the aim was to examine the effect of various ammonium sulphate concentrations, from 60% (400 g/L) up to 80% (530 g/L) on the recovery of collagenases and clostripain in the post precipitated/dialysed samples.
- two methods of treating the harvested supernatant samples were also assessed, i.e., shifting the pH and oxygenating the media.
- FIG. 16 shows the growth curve (OD 600 nm vs time) and the net growth curve (Net OD 600 nm vs time) from the fermentation.
- the growth curve was very similar to that of DCFT26b, indicating the good reproducibility of the process.
- the pellets were re-suspended in 16.5 mL of WFI and dialysed against 100 mM of K 2 HPO 4 (pH 6.7), with the exception of method 4, where the pellet was re-suspended in 16.5 mL of 100 mM of K 2 HPO 4 (pH 6) and dialysed against the same buffer. SDS PAGE gels were then performed in order to estimate the amounts of collagenases in the post-dialysed samples and evaluate the recovery of the precipitation/dialysis steps.
- ammonium sulphate did not completely dissolve when added at 480 g/L and 520 g/L in the supernatant samples, whereas it completely dissolved when added at 400 g/L and 440 g/L.
- FIG. 18 a shows a representative SDS PAGE gel, such as that of the post dialyzed sample precipitated with 400 g/L ammonium sulphate. Since all the gels were very similar the other SDS PAGE gels are not presented in this report.
- Fermentations of C. histolyticum 013 and 004 strains in the media containing animal derived components were performed. The aim was to compare strain 013 to strain 004 and evaluate the effect of the animal components on cell growth, collagenase expression and on the levels of contaminants.
- the lyophilised strain was re-constituted in PBS and plated out onto TSB/Proteose agar plates (30 g/L TSB, 10 g/L proteose peptone, 12 g/L agar.
- the plates were incubated in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas packs. Single colonies were picked and used to inoculate 5 mL TSB/Proteose media. After 15 hours of incubation at 37° C. the OD 600 nm of the culture was approximately 1.0 unit. 5 mL of culture was then mixed with 1 mL of sterile and stored below ⁇ 70° C.
- FIG. 21 shows the growth curves obtained (Net OD 600 nm vs time).
- strain 013 continued to grow slowly up to the harvest point (20 hours) whereas strain 004 grew up to a net OD OD 600 nm of approximately 2.7 and then stopped growing.
- the final OD obtained using the animal derived TSB/Proteose media was lower.
- the SDS PAGE gels (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples taken throughout the fermentations are shown in FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 .
- the invention relates to collagenase compositions which are free of clostripain, such as those produced by the fermentation processes described herein.
- the clostripain activity assay was used to analyze the post-dialyzed samples from the fermentations with the TSB/Proteose (PBFT58) and the vegetable based fed-batch fermentation (PBFT57). Table 8 summarizes the results.
- the experimental procedure used is described in FIG. 28 .
- the media recipes are detailed in Table 9, whereas a list of the peptones used is shown in Table 10.
- a control shake flask was also conducted, containing phytone peptone.
- 50 g/L of yeast extract and 100 g/L of each peptone were used in an effort to mimic the concentrations of these components at the harvest point of the developed fed-batch fermentation (see Table 4).
- the shake flasks were incubated for 18 hours.
- the cultures were analyzed for OD 600 nm and viable cell counts.
- the cultures were filtered and the supernatants analyzed by SDS PAGE.
- the results from the OD 600 nm measurements and viable cell counts are summarized in Table 10.
- DCFT27a vegetable extract 2
- DCFT27b vegetable hydrolyzate 2
- Table 11 describes the media recipes, whereas FIG. 29 the strategy used.
- the growth curves (Net OD 600 nm vs. time) for DCFT27a and DCFT27b are depicted in FIG. 30 .
- the cells grew to a slightly higher OD 600 nm compared to the media containing phytone peptone (fermentation PBFT57, FIG. 16 ). This was in accordance with the viable cell counts (approximately 2 ⁇ 10 9 CFU/mL for DCFT27a,b compared to 1.5 ⁇ 10 9 CFU/mL for PBFT57).
- PBFT59a vegetable tryptone
- PBFT59b vegetable extract
- PBFT59c vegetable extract no.1
- peptones were used at concentrations of 50 g/L in an effort to mimic the concentration of the proteose peptone in the animal media (Proteose/Peptone) and the concentration of phytone peptone that was used previously.
- the media recipe is shown in Table 12.
- the growth curves obtained from PBFT59a,b,c fermentations are depicted in FIG. 31 .
- the cells grew to a lower OD 600 nm (between 1.8 and 2.8) compared to the DCFT27 fed-batch fermentations. This was also in accordance with the viable cell counts (between 0.7 ⁇ 10 9 CFU/mL to 1.2 ⁇ 10 9 CFU/mL for PBFT59a,b,c compared to 2 ⁇ 10 9 CFU/mL for DCFT27a,b).
- the media containing tryptone the cells demonstrated the slowest growth rate and achieved the lowest cell density after 18 hours.
- a fed-batch fermentation was carried out using the standard phytone peptone media supplemented with three amino acids, i.e., glutamine, tryptophan and asparagine. This fermentation was performed as the concentrations of these particular amino acids were lower in the phytone peptone compared to the animal TSB/Proteose media, based on the amino acid composition of these components, provided by the manufacturers.
- the aim here was to investigate whether addition of these amino acids could reduce any nutrient limitation that may be a contributing factor for the expression of clostripain.
- the media recipe is shown in Table 13.
- the fermentation strategy used was the standard fed-batch strategy used for DCFT26 and PBFT57 fermentations (see FIG. 6 ).
- the growth curve obtained from DCFT27d fermentation is depicted in FIG. 32 .
- the growth profile obtained was very similar to that obtained for the standard fed-batch fermentation in the absence of amino acids (DCFT26b and PBFT57) shown previously.
- FIG. 33 a shows the SDS PAGE gel of the supernatant samples taken throughout the fermentation.
- the level of collagenases is similar to that seen for the standard fed-batch fermentation (see FIG. 10 for SDS PAGE gel from DCFT26b). Although clostripain is still present in the fermentation, it did seem that its level was lower than that in DCFT26b.
- the clostripain activity of the post-dialyzed harvest point sample was estimated using the clostripain activity assay.
- the clostripain activity of the post-dialyzed harvest point sample taken from the 20 L lyophilization batch was also estimated. Since this particular batch was purified without showing significant collagenase degradation, knowledge of its clostripain activity would be informative.
- Table 14 summarizes the enzymatic activities of the post-dialyzed samples. It also includes the enzymatic activities for the standard fed-batch fermentation PBFT57 and the animal TSB/Proteose peptone presented in Table 8, for comparative purposes.
- the results from DCFT27d indicate that the addition of the amino acids reduces the activity of clostripain produced by the strain.
- the ratio of clostripain to collagenase is approximately four fold lower in the amino acid supplemented fermentation compared to the control fed-batch fermentation.
- the ratio of clostripain to collagenase in the animal-derived fermentation was ten fold lower than the amino acid supplemented fed-batch fermentation. It is possible that the reduction of clostripain activity may result in significant reduction on the degradation of collagenases during purification.
- a series of 5 L fermentations were conducted to assess several fed-batch fermentation strategies.
- the strategies were assessed based on their yield of collagenase, quantity of contaminants and scalability. Based on these results an optimum fed-batch strategy was identified that resulted in a productivity of total collagenases of approximately 280 mg/L.
- the fermentation strategy was modified by slightly increasing the batch media concentration and reducing the fed-batch media concentration to improve its scalability. This change to the fermentation strategy had no effect on the productivity or levels of contaminants.
- the second objective was to optimize the primary recovery step of the collagenases. Optimization of this step involved improvement in the yield of the process step or a reduction in the quantity of contaminants recovered or an increase in scalability.
- a range of ammonium sulphate concentrations from 100 to 520 g/L were assessed. The effect of lowering the pH to 6.0 and oxygenating the media were also assessed. All ammonium sulphate concentrations below 400 g/L showed very low recoveries of collagenase. No difference in the recovery of collagenase or clostripain was observed in any of the ammonium sulphate concentrations between 400 and 520 g/L. The pellet from the 400 g/L precipitation was the easiest to re-suspend and this concentration was therefore defined as the optimum level.
- a benchmarking experiment was carried out in order to determine and compare the growth and production of collagenases and clostripain in an animal-derived media with C. histolyticum strains 013 and 004.
- the animal-derived media recipe was taken from the Process 1 fermentation media, utilizing TSB and protease peptone. This experiment also allowed a comparison of strain 004 grown in animal and non-animal media.
- the results from SDS-PAGE analysis showed that much lower quantities of clostripain from C. histolyticum grown in the animal-derived media.
- a second set of fermentations was therefore carried out using the alternative peptones at 50 g/L in a batch strategy.
- Vegetable Tryptone Sigma, 16922
- Vegetable Extract Sigma, 05138
- Vegetable Extract No. 1 (Sigma, 04316) were used as alternative peptones for these experiments.
- SDS-PAGE no expression of collagenase or clostripain was seen.
- a fed-batch fermentation using Phytone peptone was supplemented with three amino acids, glutamine, tryptophan and asparagine. These amino acids were identified as being present in lower amounts in the non-animal media.
- the growth profile of the fermentation was very similar to that of the fed-batch fermentation without amino acid supplementation.
- Inoculum media - Vegetable Component Concentration Vegetable Peptone 50 g/L Yeast extract 8.5 g/L Glucose 0.9 g/L KH 2 PO 4 1.92 g/L K 2 HPO 4 1.25 g/L Na 2 HPO 4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L The media was filter sterilized.
- a vial from the internal cell bank was thawed and 0.025 mL was used to inoculate 5 mL of the inoculum media in a 30 mL universal.
- the 5 mL culture was incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas generators. After approximately 13 to 15 hours of incubation, 4 mL of the culture was used to inoculate 200 mL of the inoculum media in a 500 mL flask. As previously the flask was placed in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas generators. After approximately 13 to 15 hours of incubation at 37° C. and 75 rpm, the whole content of the flask was used to inoculate the fermenter.
- FIG. 33 b depicts a schematic diagram the inoculation procedure.
- the invention further relates to an approximately 200 liter fed batch process as described in the flow chart in FIG. 33 c.
- Samples taken from the shake flasks were diluted by a factor of 10 ⁇ 4 to 10 ⁇ 7 and plated out onto TB agar plates. Plates were incubated at 37° C. for approximately 48 hours in a Genbox Jar. An Anaerobic Gas Generator Pack was used in order to create anaerobic conditions within the Jar. The number of colonies was then counted.
- the pellets obtained from a 100 mL ammonium sulphate sample were re-suspended in 3.3 mL of WFI.
- the re-constituted pellet was transferred into a pre-wetted 10 kDa MWCO SnakeSkin dialysis tubing and dialyzed against 100 mM of K 2 HPO 4 (pH 6.7) for ⁇ 12 to 16 hours at 2-8° C.
- the WFI was then changed and dialysis continued for 2 to 4 hours.
- the dialyzed material was recovered and the volume determined.
- the post-dialyzed sample was stored at ⁇ 20° C.
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 110 ⁇ l of sample to 10 ⁇ l sample Buffer (2 ⁇ ), 2.5 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ) and 2 ⁇ l of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM).
- the high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 10 ⁇ l of concentrated stock to 80 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ), 310 ⁇ l WFI and 400 ⁇ l sample buffer (2 ⁇ ). The diluted HMW standard was then heated at 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at ⁇ 20° C. for use in subsequent gels. Samples (15 ⁇ l) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e.
- Tris-Glycine gels using Tris-Glycine running buffer at 130 V for ⁇ 1 hour 50 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturer's instructions.
- Yields from a 5 L process are approximately 60-75 mg each of ABCI and ABCII
- yields of 250-300 mg for 20 L and 2500-3000 mg for 200 L could be expected.
- FIG. 34 shows a chromatogram after hydroxyapatite with a loading of 1.0 mg/L media, wherein a considerable loss of resolution and target degradation occurs.
- FIG. 35 illustrates a chromatogram after Fractogel TMAE anion exchange.
- the unbound fraction pooled to give ⁇ 650 mL at 0.5 mg/mL. Dialyzed into 10 mM Tris at pH8.
- FIG. 36 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Pre HA, Post HA and Post TMAE material from 5 L scale process. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue.
- FIG. 37 illustrates a chromatogram after Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with original elution gradient.
- Arginine is added to 0.1M to ABCI and ABCII containing fractions.
- Peak 1 fraction (ABCII) pooled to give ⁇ 220 mL at 0.55 mg/mL which was concentrated by stirred-cell to give ⁇ 45 mL at 2.8 mg/mL.
- Peak 2 fractions (ABCI, excluding gelatinase shoulder) pooled to give ⁇ 190 mL at 0.45 mg/mL, which was concentrated by stirred-cell to give ⁇ 42 mL at 2 mg/mL.
- FIG. 38 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin for Peak 1 (ABCII). The gel is stained with Colloidal blue.
- FIG. 39 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin for Peak 2 (ABCI). The gel is stained with Colloidal blue.
- Sample was from a 1 ⁇ 3 5 L process, post TMAE, previously frozen ( ⁇ 20° C.).
- Buffer A 10 mM Tris, 30 mM NaCl, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 200 ⁇ M leupeptin, pH 8.0
- Buffer B 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 360 mM NaCl, 200 ⁇ M leupeptin, pH 8.0
- Loaded at 3 mg/mL media Gradient: 0-25% B over 2 CV, 25% B for 2 CV, 25-40% B over 7.5 CV
- FIG. 40 illustrates a chromatogram after Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with modified elution gradient. Good separation of ABCI and ABCII is observed. The second part of the gradient can be made steeper to sharpen ABCI peak. Improvement of the peak can also be made using 5 mL CV loaded at 3 and 10 mg/mL media.
- FIG. 41 illustrates a chromatogram after superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of ABCII (Peak 1 from IEX). Peak pooled to give ⁇ 60 mL ABC II at 1.2 mg/mL.
- FIG. 42 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of concentrated ABC II run in the presence of arginine. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue.
- FIG. 43 illustrates a chromatogram after superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of ABCI (Peak 2 from IEX). Peak pooled to give ⁇ 60 mL ABC I at 1.1 mg/mL.
- FIG. 44 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of concentrated ABC I run in the presence of arginine. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue.
- FIG. 44 b illustrate a 5 L purification process flow scheme.
- the dialysis steps of the purification process described above can be substituted with ultrafiltration/diafiltration (UF/DF) operations using dialysis and stirred cells will be replaced by TFF, tangential flow filtration.
- UF/DF ultrafiltration/diafiltration
- TFF tangential flow filtration
- the invention includes the collagenase products that are produced by (or can be produced by) the above purification processes.
- Such collagenase products possess exceptional high degrees of purity and retained enzymatic activity.
- the compositions are free of clostripain (e.g., possess negligible or undetectable levels of clostripain).
- FIG. 45 depicts a flow chart of the fermentation for process 3.
- the Pall MUSTANG Q filter has been implemented for residual DNA and impurity clearance to further enhance yields and simplify the production process train and validation requirements.
- the Quaternary Amine Sepharose High Performance (Q HP) operating parameters have been optimized to eliminate the Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) step.
- the drug substance formulation has been modified to include 10 mM Tris, 60 mM Sucrose, pH 8.0, improving both product solubility and drug substance and drug product stability.
- Process 2 utilizes an animal-free medium for all cell banking and fermentation stages with the fed-batch fermentation performed at the 20 Liter scale.
- the downstream process has been adapted from Process 1 to include MUSTANG Q filtration for residual DNA removal and Superdex 75 GPC for additional host cell contaminant clearance.
- Leupeptin has also been added to the chromatography buffer systems to prevent proteolytic degradation.
- Process 2 material has been bridged analytically with Process 1 material (Table 21A), and was tested in a side-by-side pre-clinical study outlined herein. Process 2 material has been proposed for use in the early stage of the Phase 3 clinical program.
- the specifications for Process 2 intermediates and drug substance are detailed in Tables 22 and 23 respectively.
- FIG. 46 depicts a flow chart of the purification for process 3.
- the initial in vitro potency assay was a bovine collagenase assay and did not differentiate collagenase types I and II. This assay was utilized for the material used in the open label, DUPY101 and DUPY 202 clinical studies only, with the 0.58 mg dose typically resulting in a potency of 10,000 Units.
- Analysis of Process I material utilizing the current separate in vitro potency assays for type I collagenase and type II collagenase typically results in 1,700 to 3,500 Units/dose (0.58 mg dose) for type I collagenase and 43,000 to 69,000 Units/dose (0.58 mg dose) for type II collagenase.
- Analysis of Process 2 material utilizing the current in vitro potency assays has confirmed that similar relative potency values compared to Process 1 material are typically achieved.
- FIG. 47 The purity level of Process 2 intermediates is shown in FIG. 47 , a reduced SDS-PAGE Coomasie stained gel.
- the gel shows a single band for each intermediate with no other minor bands evident.
- AUX-I has an apparent MW of 115 kDa and compares with the reference (ABC I)
- AUX-11 has an apparent MW of 110 kDa and compares with the reference (ABC II).
- FIG. 48 shows a reduced SDS-PAGE Coomasie stained gel depicting drug substance. As with the intermediates, drug substance manufactured by Process 2 compares with the reference (Process 1).
- a silver stained SDS-PAGE gel is depicted in FIG. 49 further substantiating the high purity level of the Process 2 drug substance.
- the fermentation resulted in a higher product yield of >350 mg/L total collagenase opposed to ⁇ 230 mg/L from Process 2 (by semi quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis). Further fermentations using PP3 demonstrated that significantly less clostripain was produced using the animal derived fermentation medium. The first three fermentations (using one batch of PP3) demonstrated very consistent growth profiles. When the product was analyzed by SDS-PAGE the yield and purity of collagenase was found to be very reproducible between the three fermentations.
- the optimized fermentation process utilizing 100 g/L PP3 was finally scaled to 200 L.
- the 200 L growth profile was very similar to that seen at 5 L scale.
- SDS-PAGE analysis of the fermentation filtrate showed a high yield from the 200 L fermentation, ⁇ 320 mg/L total collagenase (by quantitative densitometry analysis).
- the purity of the collagenase product (post fermentation) was similar at both 5 L and 200 L scale.
- 20 L of the 200 L fermentation filtrate was processed by the DSP group to represent a partial scale-up for the downstream process (infra).
- the Proteose Peptone #3 fermentation process (Process 3) generated collagenase with a higher yield and with less clostripain than the existing Phytone process.
- PP3 was shown to yield C. histolyticum cultivations with reproducible growth curves despite using various batches of PP3. Both the yield and purity of collagenase were also shown to be reproducible when using various lots of PP3.
- FIG. 51 compares the growth curve of the 50 g/L PP3 (a lower concentration than the Phytone concentration in Process 2) fermentation to the Phytone fed-batch fermentation.
- the PP3 cultivation demonstrates a very rapid specific growth rate during exponential growth before entering stationary phase approximately 8 hours after inoculation.
- the PP3 fermentation reached a maximum optical density (600 nm) of 4.7 units.
- the culture was left for a further 12 hours in stationary phase to monitor product formation/degradation.
- FIG. 52 shows SDS-PAGE semi-quantitative analysis of the concentration of the collagenase products from the 20 hour point of the PP3 cultivation.
- FIG. 53 shows the same analysis for the Phytone fed-batch process. It can be observed that the PP3 fermentation generates more product than the Phytone based process (an increase from 230 mg/L to 360 mg/L total collagenase, based on the semi-quantitative analysis in FIGS. 52 and 53 ). The PP3 culture also expressed AUXI and AUXII at a 1:1 ratio, whereas the Process 2 produced the two proteins at a 1:1.6 ratio.
- FIGS. 55 and 56 show SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of PP3 fermentation GCFT05d (harvested at 11 hours).
- the gel depicted in FIG. 55 has been stained with colloidal blue and the gel in FIG. 56 has been silver stained.
- a third higher molecular weight band can be observed above the two collagenase bands on the gels in FIGS. 55 and 56 . It is thought that this band corresponds to an AUXI precursor protein reported in the literature.
- the precursor band is present during the exponential growth phase. At the end of exponential growth the precursor band decreases in intensity and is not present after 11 hours (in GCFT05d).
- FIG. 57 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of samples from the time course of a standard Phytone fed-batch fermentation. A 40 kDa contaminant can be observed on the gel in FIG. 57 . This 40 kDa contaminant band from the Phytone fed-batch process was identified as the protease clostripain.
- FIG. 58 depicts the growth curves of these fermentations (shown in diamond) compared to a fermentation (shown in square) using lot #5354796 (GCFT05d).
- the fermentations with the new batches of PP3 display highly varied growth profiles. Although the initial growth rates of the cultures are all very similar, the point at which they enter stationary phase and therefore the maximum biomass concentrations differ considerably.
- optical densities (600 nm) in the inoculum cultures showed very little variation (OD600 of 5 mL stage; 2.9-3.6 units, OD600 of 200 mL stage; 4.5-5.9 units) and no reduction from previous inocula using PP3 lot #5354796.
- the variation and reduced optical density (600 nm) only manifested itself in the final (fermentation) stage of the cultivation. This suggests that reason for the variation was a nutrient limitation in the PP3 and the quantity of the limiting nutrient varied between batches of PP3.
- FIG. 59 shows the results from the small scale experiment. It can be observed that lot 5325635 and 5332398 showed reduced optical densities (600 nm) in the third stage of approximately 2.5 units, these were deemed to be “poor” batches of PP3. Lot 5354796 maintains an optical density (600 nm) of 5 units in the third stage of cultivation, this was deemed to be a “good” batch of PP3. Interestingly when the concentration of a “poor” batch of PP3 (5332398) was increased to 100 g/L the same optical density (600 nm) was achieved in the second and third stage of the cultivation. This data does support the theory that the deviations in growth profiles are caused by variation in the quantity of a limiting nutrient between batches of PP3. It was not possible to identify this nutrient by analytical testing of the batches of PP3.
- FIG. 60 shows the growth profiles of the two fermentations.
- the two cultures show identical specific growth rates during the exponential phase.
- the fermentation enter stationary phase and reach very similar maximal optical densities (600 nm) of approximately 6.5 units.
- This data demonstrates that increasing the concentration of PP3 alleviates the issue of batch to batch variability of the PP3. Due to the higher biomass concentration achieved and longer exponential phase in the fermentation harvest point was extended to 12 hours.
- FIGS. 61 and 62 show SDS-PAGE analysis of the two fermentations utilizing 100 g/L PP3.
- the gels demonstrate consistent expression of collagenase in both fermentations.
- the samples from both fermentations appear to contain similar levels of contaminant described in FIG. 56 , although PBFT70d appears contain slightly more of the 40 kDa band (clostripain). It is possible that these small differences are due to staining or loading differences. Again the quantity of clostripain produced using the PP3 process is significantly lower than the Phytone process.
- the precursor band appears to persist longer into the time course of the fermentation. It was recommended that future fermentations at 100 g/L should be extended to a 14 hour harvest. The presence of the precursor band highlights the importance of the harvest point definition and its qualification during process validation.
- FIG. 63 displays data from densitometry analysis of the gel in FIG. 61 .
- the chart compares product and precursor formation (densitometry peak area) to cell growth (OD600).
- Product formation appears to be consistent with cell growth and the rate of production decreases as the cultivation enters stationary phase.
- the precursor band decreases in intensity as exponential growth ends but is still present at the harvest point of the fermentation.
- FIG. 64 compares the growth curve of the 200 L fermentation to the two 5 L fermentation using 100 g/L PP3. As recommended the growth profile was extended to 14 hours to ensure that the precursor band had completely disappeared before processing began.
- the growth profile of the 200 L fermentation is very similar to the fermentation at 5 L scale, demonstrating successful scale up of the cultivation.
- FIG. 65 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation.
- the gel shows product formation during the course of the fermentation.
- the material at the 14 hour harvest point contains no detectable pre-cursor and very low levels of contaminants.
- the product generated from the 200 L fermentation appears very similar to that produced from the 5 L process, indicating that the increased generation number of the 200 L process has not had a detrimental effect.
- FIG. 66 displays data from densitometry analysis of the gel in FIG. 64 .
- the chart compares product and precursor formation (densitometry peak area) to cell growth (OD600).
- Product formation appears to be consistent with cell growth and the rate of production decreases as the cultivation enters stationary phase.
- the precursor band decreases in intensity as exponential growth ends.
- the precursor band decreases in intensity more rapidly in the 200 L fermentation than the 5 L cultivation, PBFT70c ( FIG. 63 ).
- FIG. 67 shows SDS-PAGE analysis using a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel on the 200 L fermentation time course. The approximate molecular weights of the detected contaminants are annotated on the gel.
- the harvest process (clarification by filtration) developed for Process 2 was evaluated during the 200 L scale up fermentation.
- the cell culture was successfully clarified using the existing process with no blockage of the filter train.
- the harvest process is described in the materials and methods section.
- 20 L of filtrate from the 200 L fermentation was processed by DSP to demonstrate a partial scale up of the downstream Process 3 (infra).
- FIGS. 62 and 63 A more accurate and quantifiable method was required to determine product concentration during the upstream process step than the semi-quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis ( FIGS. 62 and 63 ).
- the fermentation filtrate has a high quantity of pigment and peptides from the growth medium that makes standard protein quantification techniques such as UV and the Bradford assay unusable.
- the semi-quantitative analysis carried out previously was modified and updated by carrying out densitometry analysis of the Coomassie stained gels.
- the method involved loading a range of quantities (0.2-1.2 ⁇ g/lane) of mixed AUXI and AUXII reference material and dilutions of the sample to be quantified onto a Tris Glycine gel.
- FIG. 68 shows an example of a collagenase standard curve and highlights the linearity of the quantification method within the anticipated range of the samples.
- the Tris Glycine gels did not completely resolve AUXI and AUXII therefore the total collagenase was quantified rather than attempting to separately quantitate the two proteins.
- the quantity of collagenase was analyzed for PBFT70c, PBFT70d and the 200 L scale-up fermentations. The quantity was found to be ⁇ 280-350 mg/L total collagenase for all three fermentations.
- the phosphates for the inoculum preparation (table 25) were autoclaved in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes.
- the bulk media (table 26) was initially heated in a microwave to 60° C. to fully dissolve components before autoclaving in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes.
- the PSA 1 (table 27) was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 150 cm 2 filter into a 250 mL sterile bottle.
- Vitamin solution for inoculum preparation Component Quantity required FeSO 4 ⁇ 7H 2 O 1.2 g Riboflavin 50 mg Niacin 100 mg Calcuim Pahtothenate 100 mg Pimelic acid 100 mg Pyridoxine 100 mg Thiamine 100 mg Deionised Water Up to 1 litre
- the phosphate solution for the 5 L scale (table 29) was autoclaved in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes.
- the bulk medium (table 30) was added directly to the 5 L vessel and autoclaved at 121° C. for 20 minutes.
- the PSA 1 (table 31) was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 150 cm 2 filter into a 500 mL sterile bottle.
- the 250 mL phosphate solution and 200 mL PSA 1 was separately pumped into the 5 L vessel on completion of autoclaving and cooling of the vessel.
- the phosphate solution (table 33) was filtered through a 0.21 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 300 cm 2 filter into a sterile 2 L bottle.
- the bulk medium (table 34) was added directly to the 20 L vessel prior to Steam-In-Place (SIP) sterilization of the vessel.
- the PSA I (table 35) was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 300 cm 2 filter into a 1 L sterile bottle.
- the 750 mL phosphates and 600 mL PSA I were separately pumped into the 20 L vessel on completion of SIP and cooling of the vessel.
- the phosphate solution (table 37) was filtered through a 0.2 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 300 cm 2 filter into a Gammasart Biosystem SA10 10 L bag.
- the bulk media (table 38) was added directly to the 200 L vessel prior to SIP sterilization of the vessel.
- the PSA 1 solution (table 39) was filtered through a 0.2 cm 300 cm 2 filter into a Gammasart Biosystem SA10 10 L bag.
- the 10 L phosphates and 8 L PSA 1 were separately pumped into the 200 L vessel on completion of SIP and cooling of the vessel.
- Vitamin solution for 200 L fermentation Component Quantity required FeSO 4 ⁇ 7H 2 O 2.4 g Riboflavin 100 mg Niacin 200 mg Calcium Pantothenate 200 mg Pimelic acid 200 mg Pyridoxine 200 mg Thiamine 200 mg Deionised Water Up to 2 L/2 kg
- FIG. 69 illustrates overviews of the process flows for the Phytone and PP3 fermentation processes at 5 and 200 L scale.
- a vial of the WCB (2005#1019D) was thawed and 50 ⁇ L aliquots were used to binoculate 8 ⁇ 5 mL of inoculum media in 30 mL gamma irradiated universals.
- the 5 mL cultures were incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of 3 anaerobic gas packs. After approximately 12 hours of incubation (OD600 3.0-4.0) 2 ⁇ 5 mL cultures were selected and used to inoculate 2 ⁇ 200 mL inoculum media in 500 mL Erlenmeyer flasks.
- the two flasks were placed together in an anaerobic jar with 3 gas packs and were incubated at 37° C. in a shaking incubator (70 rpm) for 12 hours. After 12 hours of incubation (OD600 6.0-7.0) each 200 mL inoculum was used to inoculate a 5 L vessel.
- the working volume of the 5/7 L vessels FT Applikon vessels was 5 L of which 4% (v/v) was inoculum from the 200 mL stage.
- the agitation rate was set at 100 rpm.
- the pH, dO2 and temperature were controlled at 7.00 units, 0% of saturation and 37° C. respectively.
- the pH was controlled with additions of either HCl (5M) or NaOH (5M).
- the dO2 concentration was maintained at 0% by continuous sparging of nitrogen, with a flowrate of 1 L/min. Samples were taken during the fermentation and filtered through 0.2 cm filters before storing at ⁇ 20° C. for analytical purposes.
- the fermentations began to enter stationary phase at an OD600 of 6.0-7.0. After 12 hours the fermenter was cooled to 10-20° C. before commencing harvest recovery.
- a vial of the WCB (2005#1019D) was thawed and 50 ⁇ L aliquots were used to inoculate 8 ⁇ 5 mL of inoculum media in 30 mL gamma irradiated universals.
- the 5 mL cultures were incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of 3 anaerobic gas packs. After approximately 12 hours of incubation (OD600 3.0-4.0), 4 ⁇ 5 mL cultures were selected and used to inoculate 4 ⁇ 200 mL inoculum media in 500 mL Erlenmeyer flasks.
- the working volume of the 20 L vessels was 15 L of which 4% (v/v) was inoculum from the 200 mL stage.
- the agitation rate was set at 100 rpm.
- the pH, dO2 and temperature were set at 7.00 units, 0% and 37° C. respectively.
- the pH was controlled with additions of either HCl (5M) or NaOH (5M).
- the dO2 concentration was maintained at 0% by continuous headspace sparging of nitrogen, with a flowrate of 20 L/min.
- the 5 L cultures were pumped with a flow rate of 5 L/h through a Millistak+10′′ Opticap depth filter (Millipore, KCOHC10FFI) and 0.2 ⁇ m Sartopore 2 300 cm 2 filter into sterile 250 mL bio-containers.
- the processed material was either stored at ⁇ 20° C. or stored at 4° C. overnight before processing by DSP.
- the spectrophotometer was blanked using PBS at wavelength 600 nm. Fermentation samples were diluted by factors of 10, 20 or 100 (dependent on cell density) using PBS. 1 mL of each diluted sample was transferred into a 1 mL cuvette; the top was sealed and inverted 5 times before recording triplicate optical density readings at a wavelength of 600 nm.
- Fermentation samples were filtered through 0.2 ⁇ m filters before preparing them for SDS-PAGE analysis.
- 10 ⁇ l of filtered sample was added to 1011 sample buffer (2 ⁇ ), 2.5 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ) and 2 ⁇ l of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM).
- the high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 101 of concentrated stock to 80 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ), 310 ⁇ l WFI and 400 ⁇ l sample buffer (2 ⁇ ). The diluted HMW standard was then heated to 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at ⁇ 20° C. for use in subsequent gels.
- the fermentation samples were prepared for SDS-PAGE analysis by adding 101 of 0.2 ⁇ m filtered sample to 4 ⁇ l sample buffer (4 ⁇ ), 1.5 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ) and 1.7 ⁇ l of 0.1 M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM). 15 ⁇ L of fermentation sample and 101 ⁇ L of Mark 12 marker were run on a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel and run using MES running buffer at 200 V, 400 mA and 100 W for ⁇ 40 mins.
- the gels were immersed in a 100 mL fixing solution (40 mL dH 2 O, 50 mL methanol, 10 mL acetic acid) for 10 minutes before replacing with a 95 mL staining solution (55 mL dH 2 O, 20 mL methanol, 20 mL stainer A) for a further 10 minutes.
- 5 mL of stainer B was added to the staining solution and the gels were left to stain for 5 h on an orbital shaker at 60 rpm before de-staining with 200 mL WFI. The gel was left in WFI for 15-20 h until excess stain was removed after which the gel was scanned and dried according to the manufactures instructions.
- Significant process changes were introduced in the development of Process 3 in order to make the purification more robust and more amendable to scale up and subsequent process validation.
- One significant factor in facilitating this process change was in the choice of fermentation component.
- Process 2 had been based on the requirement to maintain a phytone based fermentation media whereas for process 3 proteose peptone No. 3 was use.
- the process run-through is split into the key steps of the down stream purification and the collagenases AUXI and AUXII.
- AUXI and AUXII co-purify in the initial steps of the purification and are only separated during the anion exchange chromatography step (performed using Q-Sepharose HP media). AUXI and AUXII are then processed separately and formulated. The intermediates are then mixed in a 1:1 ratio (based on protein content determined by UV) and filtered to form the drug substance. In developing process 3, key steps associated with process 2 were removed.
- Process 3 differed from process 2 in three main areas. Firstly, the ammonium sulphate precipitation step and hydroxyapatite chromatography steps were removed; secondly, the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) step was eliminated and thirdly, all buffer exchange steps were performed by tangential flow filtration. The precipitation step was replaced by the use of hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) at the client's recommendation. Development of this step resulted in the successful implementation of HIC for (i) product capture (thereby serving as a concentration step) and (ii) some protein and pigment contaminant removal. The HIC step was also subsequently shown to reduce levels of dsDNA. As a result of the process development program, the introduction of
- HIC and inclusion of a MUSTANG Q filter step removed the need for both the ammonium sulphate precipitation step and the hydroxyapatite chromatography step.
- the overall effect was to simplify the up front capture of product and to remove a potential hold step associated with Process 2. This latter point had significance in that previously the fermentation could be assessed prior to down stream purification since the pellets resulting from the precipitation step could be held at ⁇ 20° C. prior to processing.
- Process 3 represented a simpler process that was more amenable to scale up and validation than Process 2.
- the reduction in consumable cost was apparent by the elimination of the need for hydroxyapaptite and gel permeation media and by the reduced number of steps requiring leupeptin.
- An overview of the purification scheme for Process 3 is given in FIG. 46 .
- Process 3 was performed at 20 L scale in the process development laboratories in order to demonstrate if material of suitable quality could be generated using this modified process at 20 L scale.
- a key requirement for processing was the ability to limit potential protease activity by performing steps chilled wherever possible and by the inclusion of the cysteine protease inhibitor leupeptin at key stages in the procedure.
- a full 20 L of fermentation filtrate was processed since the feedstock was generated from 200 L fermentation PP3. Details of the fermentation and subsequent harvest and filtration are documented in a separate report.
- HIC served three functions in the purification. Firstly, the product was reduced in volume since conditions were identified in which collagenases bound to the resin. Secondly, some pigment and protein contaminant was removed at this stage and thirdly, pico green analysis from this run indicated reduction of dsDNA.
- the HIC step was performed using supernatant processed directly from the fermentation (after MUSTANG Q treatment) and, as a result a hold step, (evident in Process 2 as the ammonium sulphate pellet) was no longer present for Process 3.
- product (20 L) from the MUSTANG Q filter step was diluted with a 3M-ammonium sulphate solution to a final concentration of 1M. After filtration, product was loaded onto the column and eluted using a 2-step isocratic elution.
- the protein concentration of the HIC load material was difficult to determine accurately and was estimated in two ways. Firstly, a Bradford assay was performed on the material prior to ammonium sulphate addition. This was performed with undiluted material in order to standardize the contribution from pigment present in the fermentation media, which was known to interfere with the assay. Secondly, the estimate was based on volume of fermentation media loaded per mL of column resin. The column load was estimated to be 5.9 mg of total protein/mL resin by Bradford assay or alternatively ⁇ 13 mL of fermentation media per mL of resin. An estimate of the total amount of target protein eluted from the column was determined as 3.4 g using UV (see Table 42).
- the chromatogram resulting from the HIC step is shown in FIG. 70 . Visible pigment was apparent in the flow-through as well as bound to the column. After washing the column with equilibration buffer to remove the flow-through contamination, peak 1 was eluted using an intermediate concentration ammonium sulphate solution (0.3M).
- TFF using 30 kDa membranes was introduced following the HIC in order to reduce the volume of product (5-fold) and to exchange the buffer into conditions suitable for binding to the anion exchange column.
- the sufficient reduction in ammonium sulphate such that the conductivity of the IEX load sample was ⁇ 1.8 mS.
- the diafiltration buffer was chilled and leupeptin added prior to use to reduce the likelihood of proteolysis. No loss in protein was estimated over the course of this step (>100% recovery) although this may reflect the inaccuracy in protein concentration estimation at this stage in the process due to the presence of pigment in the pre TFF1 material.
- the Q-Sepharose column was loaded at a maximum capacity of 5 mg total protein per mL resin. As a result, not all of the available material from the TFF step was utilized in this step (see Table 421).
- the Q-Sepharose column resolved AUXI and AUXII collagenases as expected ( FIG. 72 ).
- the separated AUXI and AUXII products from the Q Sepharose column were processed separately by TFF using a 30 kDa membrane. This step was required to; (i) remove/reduce leupeptin in the final product (ii) formulate the intermediates into the correct buffer (10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose pH 8) and (iii) to achieve the required target protein concentration of 0.9-1.1 mg/mL.
- the correct buffer (10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose pH 8)
- iii) to achieve the required target protein concentration of 0.9-1.1 mg/mL.
- a total of 799 mg ( ⁇ 683 mL at 1.17 mg/mL) of AUXII and 860 mg (796 mL at 1.08 mg/mL) of AUXI was concentrated to a target concentration of 1.75 mg/mL.
- Buffer samples illustrated in table 46 were reserved from the 20 L demonstration and retested after storage at 2-8° C.
- the pH, conductivity, temperature and appearance of the buffers were noted at the time of completion and after 12-13 days storage.
- the results of this study are given in table 47. Small differences were observed in the values for pH and conductivity but this may be due to differences in temperature between the original buffers and the tested retains.
- the HIC buffers showed the largest variation in conductivity and temperature.
- future studies on buffer stability should include specification of an accepted temperature range for recording all parameters. In all cases, the buffer retains were clear in appearance at time zero and after the required hold time.
- HIC B 02 May 15 May 13 days pH 8.06 pH 7.78 pH 7.81 Clear 2006 2006 0.699 mS@ 0.879 mS 0.842 mS 19.4° C. @16.7° C. @22.1° C.
- Diafiltration 02 May 15 May 13 days pH 8.05 pH 7.70 N/A Clear buffer 2006 2006 0.668 mS 0.793 mS @19.2° C. @18.2° C.
- IEX A 03 May 15 May 14 days pH 8.00 pH 7.69 N/A Clear 2006 2006 1.585 mS 1.646 mS @20.3° C. @18.2° C.
- IEX B 03 May 15 May 14 days pH 8.00 pH 7.87 N/A Clear 2006 2006 34.6 mS 37.6 mS @19.4° C.
- the main contaminants associated with Process 3 appeared to be product related and were either identified as N-terminally cleaved products of AUXI (55 kDa) and AUXII (40 kDa) or a C-terminally cleaved product of AUXI (90 kDa). As these contaminants were different to those identified in Process 2, the QC assays utilized for the specification of the intermediates and drug substance did not resolve the new contaminants as the assay development had originated around Process 2. In particular, the standard purity assay (RP-HPLC) could not be used to detect levels of the 40 kDa and 55 kDa contaminants.
- the 40 kDa, 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants associated with Process 3 were identified and resolved by SDS-PAGE. These contaminants were clearly detected in fractions eluted from the Q-Sepharose column and appeared to elute at the leading and trailing edges of the peak profile (see FIGS. 72-76 ). The decision for which fractions were included or excluded for further purification was based on experience of the relative intensity of staining for contaminants and product on Colloidal blue stained gels. In order to make this a less subjective estimation, densitometry was utilized to determine specific pooling criteria for fractions following the Q-Sepharose step. Densitometry was used in preference to the current QC assay for purity (RP-HPLC) since this assay could not resolve the new contaminants associated with Process 3.
- Post IEX fraction from the 200 L engineering run have been analysed multiple times to establish a pooling criteria that can be documented in the IEX BMR for the GMP campaign.
- This pooling criterion is based on the assumption that (i) the quality of material generated from the engineering run is appropriate for the GMP material and (ii) the approximation of the densitometry method is acceptable. If the aim is to generate material of higher quality in the GMP campaign, the specification for pooling criteria will need to be revised.
- Densitometry analysis of the final material (DS and intermediates) for the 200 L engineering run has also been determined by densitometry and is as follows:
- a 60 mL bed volume MUSTANG Q chromatography capsule was sanitised with 1 M NaOH at a flow rate of 30 mL/min for 30 minutes. The capsule was then preconditioned for the same time and flow-rate using 1M NaCl. The capsule was equilibrated with 2 L of MUSTANG Q Equilibration buffer (10 mM Tris, 1M ammonium sulphate, pH 8), at a flow rate of 60 mL/min. The outlet flow was checked to ensure the pH was ⁇ 8. Supernatant (22 L) from 200 L fermentation PP3 (which had been 0.2 ⁇ m filtered) was loaded onto the capsule at a flow rate of 540 mL/min (approximately 40 min. duration). The maximum recommended operating flow rate for the capsule was 600 mL/min. The filtered material was stored in 2 ⁇ 10 L Stedim bags at 2-8° C. overnight.
- This packing flow rate was utilized as equivalent to the maximum operating flow rate for the K-prime system available in GMP.
- the adaptor was brought down to the top of the bed and the column packed at 192 cm/hr for 10 mins before screwing the adaptor into the top of the resin and packing at 192 cm/hr for a further 10 mins, during which no compression of the resin was observed.
- the pack test was carried out using the AKTA Pilot method: HIC 1500 mL Pack Test. For this, the column was equilibrated with 1 column volume (CV) of 200 mM NaCl in WFI and pack tested with 15 mL (1% CV) of 1M NaCl in WFI at a flow rate of 313 mL/min (150 cm/hr). The column was flushed with 2CV WFI and stored with 2CV 10 mM NaOH. The packed column had an asymmetry of 1.2, a plate count of 2659 plates/meter, a CV of 1525 mL and bed height of 12.2 cm.
- Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF (low sub) column was sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes, washed with 2 column volumes (CV) WFI and equilibrated with 5CV 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (HIC Buffer B) followed by 5CV 10 mM Tris, 1.0M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A).
- the HIC run was performed at a constant linear flow rate of 150 cm/hour using chilled buffers maintained at 2-8° C.
- 30 L feedstock (equivalent to 20 L post-MUSTANG Q filtrate) was loaded onto the 1525 mL Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF (low sub) column previously equilibrated with 2CV 10 mM Tris, 1.0M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A). Unbound material washed off the column with 10CV HIC Buffer A. The column was then washed with 5CV 10 mM Tris, 0.3M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A2) and bound proteins eluted with 10CV 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (HIC Buffer B).
- the first 0.67 CV (1 L) of the elution buffer was discarded and a post-HIC pool of 4CV was collected.
- Leupeptin was added (126.4 mL) to the post-HIC pool (6191.3 g) to a final concentration of 200 tM from a stock solution of 10 mM leupeptin, 10 mM Tris, pH 8.
- the mixed solution (6.3 kg) was stored at 2-8° C. for 2 days before further processing by tangential flow filtration.
- the ProFlux M12 TFF system was set up according to the manufacturer's instructions with two Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 30 kDa MWCO PES membranes, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes and stored in 0.1 M NaOH until use. The system was drained and flushed with 14 L WFI and the noiinal water permeability (NWP) measured as 23 L/m2/hr/psi at 25° C. at a trans-membrane pressure (TMP) of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig).
- NWP noiinal water permeability
- the system was flushed with 0.5 L 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (diafiltration buffer) and equilibrated with 1 L of the same buffer for 10 minutes.
- the conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined and checked against that of the diafiltration buffer to ensure the membranes were equilibrated prior to use.
- the concentration and diafiltration steps were performed with chilled dialfiltration buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 8) containing 200 ⁇ M leupeptin.
- the TFF system was flushed with 1 L chilled buffer just before use.
- 2 L of the post-HIC material (6.3 L total volume) was pumped into the TFF system reservoir and recirculated for 10 minutes without back-pressure to condition the membrane.
- the level sensor on the reservoir was set to 1.2 L and the post-HIC material concentrated at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) until all the material had entered the system.
- the peimeate was collected and stored at 2-8° C. for analysis.
- the inlet tubing was connected to the diafiltration buffer and diafiltration of the material was performed at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) for approximately 8.5 turnover volumes (TOV), maintaining the volume of material in the reservoir at 1.2 L.
- TMP 15 psig
- TOV turnover volumes
- the conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined after 5, 7 and 8.5 TOV and checked against that of the diafiltration buffer.
- the retentate was drained from the system and stored at 2-8° C. 250 mL diafiltration buffer was pumped into the reservoir, recirculated around the system for 10 minutes without backpressure to rinse the system, drained, the rinse repeated and both rinses were stored separately at 2-8° C.
- the protein concentration of the retentate and rinses were determined (by UV) and the first rinse (204.8 g weight) added to the retentate (1231.4 g weight).
- This post TFF1 material (1.4 kg) was then filtered through a Sartopore 2 0.8+0.45 ⁇ m filter capsule and stored at 2-8° C. overnight until further processing by Q Sepharose ion exchange chromatography.
- a Vantage S90 column was packed using an AKTA Pilot chromatography system with Q Sepharose HP media in WFI to give a packed column with a 10 cm bed height, therefore a column volume (CV) of 620 mL.
- the packing was performed in accordance to the manufacturers instruction but with the pressure limit of the Vantage column imposed (0.3 MPa) which equated to a packing flow rate of 210 cm/hr and pressure limit of 0.28 MPa.
- the column was equilibrated with 2CV of 0.2M NaCl and pack tested with 1% CV (6.2 mL) 1M NaCl at a flow rate of 100 cm/hr (103 mL/min).
- the packed column had an asymmetry of 1.6 and a plate count of 12605 plates/meter, which was within specification for the media (asymmetry between 0.8 and 1.8, with a plate count>10,000).
- the column was stored in 10 mM NaOH until required.
- the Q Sepharose column washed with 1.5 column volumes (CV) of WFI to remove the storage buffer, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 mins at 40 cm/hr before flushing again with 1.5CV WFI.
- the column was then charged and equilibrated in accordance to the manufacturers instructions with 2CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM calcium chloride, pH 8 followed by 2CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 360 mM NaCl, pH 8 and finally 5CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl 2 , pH 8.
- the column was reequilibrated with chilled 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 200 ⁇ M leupeptin pH 8 (IEX Buffer A). 1216 mL of chilled post TFF 1 material at a concentration of 2.55 mg/mL (determined by UV) was loaded onto the column at a flow rate of 100 cm/hr (103 mL/min) This equated to a column load of 5 mg total protein per mL of media.
- the column washed with 3 column volumes (CV) of IEX Buffer A and the protein eluted with 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl 2 , 360 mM NaCl, 200 ⁇ M leupeptin, pH 8 (IEX Buffer B) with a gradient of 0-40% elution buffer (A to B), over 20 CV at a flow rate of 70.2 ml/min (68 cm/hr). Elution was monitored at 280 nm and 260 nm and 100 mL fractions collected across the two product peaks containing AUX II and AUX I. Fraction collection was started from the breakthrough of the peak and continued until 25% of the peak height on the trailing edge.
- CV column volumes
- the ProFlux M12 TFF system was set up according to the manufacturer's instructions with one Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 30 kDa MWCO PES membrane, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes and stored in 0.1M NaOH until use. The system was drained and flushed with 14 L WFI and the namial water permeability (NWP) measured as 19.5 L/m 2 /hr/psi for the membrane used for AUXI and as 14.5 L/m 2 /hr/psi at 25° C. for the membrane used for AUXII at 25° C.
- NWP namial water permeability
- TMP trans-membrane pressure
- the concentration and diafiltration steps were performed separately on each of the post IEX pools of AUXI and AUXII. All steps were performed using chilled formulation buffer (10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose, pH 8) maintained at 2-8° C. The TFF system was flushed with 1 L chilled buffer just before use. The post-IEX pool (683 g weight of AUXII and 796 g weight of AUXI) was pumped into the TFF system reservoir and recirculated at 10% pump speed for 10 minutes without backpressure to condition the membrane.
- the level sensor on the reservoir was set to approximately 400 mL and the AUXI or AUXII pool concentrated at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) until the volume in the reservoir had been reduced to approximately 360-390 mL (this assumed a system hold up volume of 100 mL).
- the target volume reduction was based on achieving a theoretical concentration of 1.75 mg/mL for the product assuming no loss in protein during the concentration operation.
- the permeate was collected and stored at 2-8° C. for analysis.
- the inlet tubing was connected to the formulation buffer and diafiltration performed at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig).
- TOV turnover volumes
- the first rinse was added to the retentate, mixed and a UV protein concentration of the mix determined.
- 122 g of the second rinse was also added to the retentate plus rinse 1 to give a theoretical AUXII concentration of 1.1 mg/mL.
- 94 g of the second rinse was added to the material to give a theoretical AUXI concentration of 1.1 mg/mL
- Both the AUXI and AUXII material were filtered through a 1 L Nalgene 0.2 ⁇ m filter unit in a Class II hood and the post filtered protein concentration determined.
- the AUXI and AUXII intermediates were stored at 2-8° C.
- a BSA standard curve was prepared by diluting the BSA with water, to known concentrations.
- the Bio-Rad protein assay dye reagent was prepared by diluting one part concentrate with four parts water. Test samples were prepared by diluting with water. 50 ⁇ L of test sample either neat or diluted was added to a cuvette and 2.5 mL diluted regent added. Samples were prepared in duplicate. The samples were incubated for 10 minutes before reading the OD. The standard curve of OD 595 nm vs. protein concentration was obtained by measuring the OD 595 nm of BSA solutions of known concentration. The test samples were then assayed and the protein concentration determined from the standard protein assay curve. Samples from the post MUSTANG Q step were always analysed without dilution in order to standardise the contribution from the pigment. In this case, 50 ⁇ L of the undiluted post Mustang Q MUSTANG was utilised in the assay.
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 12 ⁇ l of sample to 20 ⁇ l sample Buffer (2 ⁇ ), 4 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ) and 411 of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM).
- the high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 1101 of concentrated stock to 80 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ), 310 ⁇ l WFI and 400 ⁇ l sample buffer (2 ⁇ ). The diluted HMW standard was then heated at 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at ⁇ 20° C. for use in subsequent gels.
- Samples (20 ⁇ l load volume) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e. with no prior heat treatment) on 8% Tris-Glycine gels using Tris-Glycine running buffer at 130 V for ⁇ 2 hours. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturers instructions.
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 16.5 ⁇ l of sample to 7.5 ⁇ l sample buffer (4 ⁇ ), 3 ⁇ l reducing agent (10 ⁇ ) and 3 ⁇ l of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM).
- MARK 12 marker loaded neat (10 ⁇ l).
- Samples (15 ⁇ l load volume) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e. with no prior heat treatment) on 4-12% Bis-Tris gels using either MES running buffer at 200 V for ⁇ 40 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with either colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturers instructions or silver stained using a standard procedure (GE Healthcare).
- the post-IEX samples were run on 4-12% Bis-Tris gels using MES running buffer at 1 ⁇ g/lane loading.
- Samples were prepared by adding 20 L of diluted post-IEX material to 8 ⁇ L Sample Buffer (4 ⁇ ), 31 L Reducing Agent (10 ⁇ ) and 3.4 ⁇ L of 0.1M EDTA. 15 ⁇ L of each sample was loaded into the well directly after mixing (i.e. with no heat treatment) and run at 200 V for 40 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with Colloidal Blue stain reagent according to the manufacturers instructions but with a fixed staining duration to reduce staining variation (10 minute fix, 5 hours stain, 15-20 hours destain with purified water).
- Buffers for the 20 L demonstration run were filtered after preparation through a 0.45/0.2 ⁇ m filter capsule into 10 or 20 L Stedim bags for storage at 2-8° C. prior to use. When the majority of the buffer had been filtered, approximately 75 mis of the remaining buffer was collected into pre-labelled 125 ml PETG biotainers and stored at 2-8oC. The pH, conductivity, temperature and date of buffer preparation were recorded. On completion of the 20 L demonstration run, the buffer samples were retrieved from cold storage and retested for pH, conductivity, and appearance. The temperature of the buffer at the time of testing was also recorded.
- Samples for N-terminal sequencing were prepared and separated on 8% Tris-Glycine gels as outlined previously. Samples identified as enriched for the 40 kDa contaminant (fraction 2 from the post IEX AUXII peak, CTL2006#0610H;) and 55 kDa contaminant (fraction 16 from the post IEX AUXI peak, CTL2006#0611H) were each loaded in 5 lanes of the gel to provide enough material for sequencing ( FIG. 89 ).
- Post IEX fractions from a previous 20 L fermentation (20 L PP3) which were enriched for the 90 kDa contaminants associated with both AUXI (fraction B7 R2, CTL2006#0581P) and AUXII (fraction DI, CTL2006#0582P) were also loaded in multiple lanes ( FIG. 90 ).
- the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent according to the manufacturers instructions and the contaminant bands excised and submitted to Alta Bioscience (Birmingham University, UK) for N-terminal sequencing.
- the 90 kDa AUXI associated contaminant (CTL2006#0612H) from the 20 L demonstration run was also submitted for sequencing but no data was obtained.
- a scale up fermentation was carried out at 200 L.
- the fermentation used the optimized concentration of PP3 (100 g/L).
- the fermentation was successful and replicated both the growth profile and product yield/quality observed at 5 L scale.
- the harvest process (clarification by filtration) developed for Process 2 was evaluated during the 200 L scale up fermentation.
- the cell culture was successfully clarified using the existing process with no blockage of the filtration train.
- the quantification of collagenase concentration in crude fermentation samples was improved using densitometry analysis of Coomassie stained Tris Glycine gels.
- a standard curve of mixed AUXI and AUXII was loaded with dilutions of fermentation samples.
- the relationship between collagenase concentration and densitometry peak area was shown to be linear within the range of the sample dilutions.
- the concentrations of collagenase in the samples were then extrapolated using their peak area and the standard curve. This method estimated the yield of collagenase to be 280-350 mg/L from the 100 g/L PP3 process at 5 and 200 L scale.
- the optimised PP3 fermentation process generated a higher biomass concentration (OD600 7 units) and increased product yield (280-350 mg/L total collagenase, by quantitative densitometry) when compared to the Phytone fed-batch process.
- the fermentation filtrate contained significantly less clostripain than the Phytone process.
- the ratio of AUXI:AUXII was closer to 1 compared to that observed during evaluation of Process 2.
- the PP3 process increased the product yield, purity (post-fermentation) and reproducibility of the fermentation.
- Process 3 was developed in an accelerated time frame in order to improve the processes previously developed at Cobra (Process 2) and run at 20 L scale in GMP. Major improvements to the process were made in order to simplify the purification procedure, facilitate robustness as well as make the process more amenable to scale up to 200 L. These improvements were also considered key to assisting process validation.
- Process 3 was performed using material from a 200 L fermentation of Clostridium histolyticum in which a full 20 L of fermentation was purified. Material was processed directly from the fermentation and no hold steps were implemented. Following filtration, product was passed through a MUSTANG Q filter since small-scale experiments demonstrated reduction of dsDNA (as detected by pico green analysis) using this procedure. Analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run however, showed no reduction in dsDNA suggesting that the robustness and application of this step required further investigation. A comparison of the parameters used for the 20 L run-through and previous small-scale experiments demonstrated dsDNA removal when the capsule was oversized by a factor of 1000 (based on the DNA binding capabilities of 15-25 mg DNA/mL capsule described by the manufacturer).
- the capsule used in the 20 L run-through was oversized by a factor of approximately 177-296.
- Material from the MUSTANG Q capsule was held overnight at 2-8° C.
- An off-line stability study on sample material taken at this stage in the process indicated that maintaining a low temperature was key to the product stability at this point in the process since samples incubated at RT and 37° C. were susceptible to degradation as indicated by SDS-PAGE analysis.
- Product from the MUSTANG Q capsule was prepared for hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) by the addition and mixing of an ammonium sulphate solution (3M) to achieve a final concentration of 1M.
- HIC hydrophobic interaction chromatography
- 3M ammonium sulphate solution
- This provided conditions suitable for collagenase binding to Phenyl Sepharose FF (low sub) media.
- a proportion of protein contaminants and pigment were then eluted from the HIC column using a step elution of 0.3M ammonium sulphate followed by collagenase product elution with a solution containing no ammonium sulphate. Criteria for collection of the product peak were established as a fixed volume of 4 column volumes (although this was later extended to 5 column volumes for the 200 L scale demonstration run).
- Leupeptin was then added immediately following elution and the material held for a period of 2 days at 2-8° C.
- the yield from this step was difficult to determine accurately due to the complex nature of the feedstock.
- the process step yield was estimated as (i) 38% based on Bradford assay of the load and UV of the eluted material or (ii) 47% based on collagenase content in the load estimated by densitometry and UV of the eluted material.
- 0.17 g of total protein was eluted from the HIC column for the equivalent of every 1 L of fermentation filtrate applied.
- the post HIC pool was prepared for Q-Sepharose purification by concentration (5-fold) and buffer exchange using tangential flow filtration (TFF 1) using 2 ⁇ 0.1 m2 30 kDa membranes. No loss was detected over this step and the reported increase in protein recovered may reflect the inaccuracy of UV at this point in the process. Inaccuracy could be attributed to pigment contamination or the use of the extinction coefficient for collagenases, which will be less accurate for material earlier in the purification when a complex of proteins are likely to be present.
- the TFF step was completed by a product filtration step before holding the material at 2-8° C. over night.
- the Q-Sepharose column was a key purification step in Process 3 and resulted in the separation of the AUXI and AUXII collagenases.
- the contaminants associated with process 3 were different to those in process 2 and appeared to closely co-purify with the AUXI and AUXII products. It was possible however, to remove the contaminants from the products by fractionation of the product peaks since the contaminants appeared to elute at either the leading or tail edges of both peaks.
- the contaminants were denoted by their relative molecular mass on reducing SDS-PAGE.
- Those associated with the AUXII product were identified as (i) 40 kDa (associated with the leading edge of the peak) and (ii) 75 kDa and 90 kDa (associated with the trailing edge of the peak).
- N-terminal amino acid sequencing indicated that the 40 kDa was AUXII related since the sequence matched identity with a region of the Col H sequence. In comparison, no identity could be confirmed for the 90 kDa contaminant due to issues of low signal.
- Contaminants associated with AUXI product were (i) 55 kDa (associated with the leading edge of the peak) and (ii) 90 kDa (associated with the trailing edge of the peak).
- N-terminal sequencing showed both the 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants to be identified as AUXI-related where the 55 kDa contaminant showed sequence identity with a mid region in the Col G sequence and the 90 kDa showed identical N-terminal match to AUXI.
- the major impurities identified at this stage in the process were all product related and either identified as internal cleavage products of AUXI (55 kDa) and AUXII (40 kDa) or a C-terminally cleaved product of AUXI (90 kDa).
- Fractions containing AUXI or AUXII product from the Q-Sepharose column were formulated separately by TFF (denoted TFF2) using 1 ⁇ 0.1 m2 30 kDa membrane for each collagenase.
- Product was filtered following the TFF2 step and the overall step yields for TFF and filtration estimated as 97.5% for AUXI and 92.2% for AUXII.
- samples were referred to as intermediates and were retained at 2-8° C. for QC analysis and prior to mixing of the drug substance.
- the AUXI and AUXII intermediates were mixed in equal ratio (as determined by UV) to generate the drug substance before performing a final product filtration. Only 400 mg of drug substance was prepared of which 200 mg was shipped to KBI BioPhamia Inc. along with 25 mg of each intermediate.
- the overall process yield was estimated for the 20 L demonstration run in which all available material from the 20 L of fermentation feedstock had been processed and assuming all material had been mixed as drug substance. This gave a predicted yield of 1.6 g drug substance for the 20 L scale purification. This equated to a process recovery of 17.8% based on then assumption that the initial estimate of 9 g (using the Bradford assay) for the amount of total protein available to load onto the HIC column was accurate. Alternatively, if the total available protein was related to the collagenase content in the HIC load (as estimated by densitometry) the overall process yield was calculated as 22%.
- Tables 54 and 55 detailed the analytical specifications AUX-I and AUX-11 intermediates and also for Drug Substance for Process 3.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
A drug product comprising a combination of highly purified collagenase I and collagenase II from Colostridium histolyticum is disclosed. The drug product includes collagenase I and collagenase II in a ratio of about 1 to 1, with a purity of greater than at least 95%. The invention further disclosed improved fermentation and purification processes for preparing the said drug product.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/699,302 filed on Jan. 29, 2007, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/763,470 filed on Jan. 30, 2006 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/784,135, filed Mar. 20, 2006. The entire teachings of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference.
- Collagen is the major structural constituent of mammalian organisms and makes up a large portion of the total protein content of skin and other parts of the animal body. In humans, it is particularly important in the wound healing process and in the process of natural aging. Various skin traumas such as burns, surgery, infection and accident are often characterized by the erratic accumulation of fibrous tissue rich in collagen and having increased proteoglycan content. In addition to the replacement of the normal tissue which has been damaged or destroyed, excessive and disfiguring deposits of new tissue sometimes form during the healing process. The excess collagen deposition has been attributed to a disturbance in the balance between collagen synthesis and collagen degradation.
- Numerous diseases and conditions are associated with excess collagen deposition and the erratic accumulation of fibrous tissue rich in collagen. Such diseases and conditions are collectively referred to herein as “collagen-mediated diseases”. Collagenase has been used to treat a variety of collagen-mediated diseases. Collagenase is an enzyme that has the specific ability to digest collagen.
- Collagenase for use in therapy may be obtained from a variety of sources including mammalian (e.g. human), crustacean (e.g. crab, shrimp), fungal, and bacterial (e.g. from the fermentation of Clostridium, Streptomyces, Pseudomonas, or Vibrio). Collagenase has also been genetically engineered. One common source of crude collagenase is from a bacterial fermentation process, specifically the fermentation of C. histolyticum (C. his). The crude collagenase obtained from C. his may be purified using any of a number of chromatographic techniques.
- One drawback of the fermentation process from C. his is that it yields uncertain ratios of the various collagenases such as collagenase I and collagenase II, often used in therapeutic compositions to treat collagen mediated conditions. Further, the culture has historically required the use of meat products. This meat culture was originally derived from the H4 strain of Clostridium histolyticum, Dr. I. Mandl's laboratory in Columbia University in 1956 and deposited with the ATCC. Lyophilized vials were made out of the cooked meat culture and named as ABC Clostridium histolyticum master cell bank.
- Various ratios of collagenase I to collagenase II in a therapeutic collagenase preparation have different biological effects. Therefore, a therapeutic collagenase preparation in which the ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II in the preparation can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled to obtain superior, and consistent enzyme activity and therapeutic effect, would be desirable.
- The present invention provides a collagenase composition comprising a combination of highly purified collagenase I and collagenase II. Preferably, the collagenase I and collagenase II are present in a mass ratio of about 1 to 1. When used as a pharmaceutical composition for treating collagen-mediated diseases, the composition of the invention provides improved and consistent therapeutic effect while lowering the potential for side effects.
- The invention further provides methods for preparing a collagenase composition of the invention, pharmaceutical formulations comprising a composition of the invention and methods for treating patients suffering from a collagen-mediated disease using a collagenase composition of the invention.
- The foregoing and other objects, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following more particular description of preferred embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying drawings in which like reference characters refer to the same parts throughout the different views. The drawings are not necessarily to scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of the invention.
-
FIG. 1 depicts growth curves (OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT24a,b fermentations. -
FIG. 2 depicts net growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT24a,b fermentations. -
FIG. 3 is a 8% Tris-glycine SDS PAGE gel from the second fermentation: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.27 μg Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.29 μg Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 μL of sample) - Harvest point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 6: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 16 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 15 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 11: 11.6 h-19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 12: 10.5 h (6.12 μL of sample); -
FIG. 4 is a 8% Tris-glycine SDS PAGE gel from the first fermentation: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.27 μg Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.29 μg Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 μL of sample) - Harvest point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 6: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 16 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 15 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 11: 11.4 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 12: 10.4 h (6.12 μL of sample); -
FIG. 5 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for the second fermentation, harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 3: 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 4: 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 5: 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 6: 0.27 μg collagenase I Lane 7: 0.18 μg collagenase I Lane 8: 0.135 μg collagenase I Lane 9: 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 10: 0.193 μg collagenase II Lane 11: 0.145 μg collagenase II; -
FIG. 6 represents fermentation strategy used for DCFT26a and DCFT26b; -
FIG. 7 depicts growth curves (OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT26a,b fermentations; -
FIG. 8 depicts net growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT26a,b fermentations; -
FIG. 9 is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26a: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 0.67 μg Lane 3: Collagenase II - 0.72 μg Lane 4: 20 h (6.12 μL of sample) - Harvest Point Lane 5: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 6: 18 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 16 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 14 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 13 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 11: 11 h (6.12 μL of sample); -
FIG. 10 is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26b: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 20 h (6.12 μL of sample) - Harvest point Lane 3: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 4: 18 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 5: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 6: 16 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 15 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 14 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 13 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 11 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 11: Collagenase I - 0.67 μg Lane 12: Collagenase II - 0.72 μg; -
FIG. 11 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26a, harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 μg collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 8: 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 9: 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 10: 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 11: 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation sample); -
FIG. 12 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for DCFT26b, harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 μg collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 8: 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 9: 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 10: 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation sample) Lane 11: 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample); -
FIG. 13 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (100 g/L and 150 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 μg collagenase I and 0.72 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 μL of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS (⅕) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 100 g/L AS ( 1/10) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS (⅕) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 150 g/L AS ( 1/10); -
FIG. 14 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (200 g/L and 250 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 μg collagenase I and 0.72 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 μL of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS (⅕) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 200 g/L AS ( 1/10) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS (⅕) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 250 g/L AS ( 1/10); -
FIG. 15 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed ammonium sulphate precipitated (300 g/L and 400 g/L) samples, DCFT26a, harvest point: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.67 μg collagenase I and 0.72 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 6.12 μL of supernatant sample from SC11 Lane 5: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS (Neat sample) Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS (⅕ dilution) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 300 g/L AS ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS (Neat) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS (⅕ dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/10 dilution); -
FIG. 16 depicts a Growth curves (OD vs time and net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in PBFT57 fermentation; -
FIG. 17 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel, harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I Lane 5: 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 6: 0.193 μg collagenase II Lane 7: 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 8: 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 9: 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 10: 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation harvest sample) Lane 11: 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation harvest sample); -
FIG. 18 a is a quantitative SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed 500 mL sample from fermentation PBFT57, harvest point sample. 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.272 μg collagenase I and 0.286 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.181 μg collagenase I and 0.190 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 0.136 μg collagenase I and 0.142 μg collagenase II Lane 5: 0.109 μg collagenase I and 0.114 μg collagenase II Lane 6: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/15 dilution) Lane 7: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/20 dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/25 dilution) Lane 9: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/30 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed sample - 400 g/L AS ( 1/35 dilution) Lane 11: High Molecular Weight Marker; -
FIG. 18 b is a SDS PAGE of the supernatants after centrifugation of the ammonium sulphate precipitated samples: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg Col I and 0.29 μg Col II Lane 3: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L slow addition) Lane 4: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L fast addition) Lane 5: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (440 g/L slow addition) Lane 6: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (480 g/L slow addition) Lane 7: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (520 g/L slow addition) Lane 8: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L, pH 6) Lane 9: Supernatant (neat) of post ammonium sulphate precipitated sample (400 g/L, oxygenated); -
FIG. 19 is a Semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel showing diluted samples from the harvest point supernatant and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate (with 400 g/L-fast addition) precipitated sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Fermentation sample - harvest (neat) Lane 3: Fermentation sample - harvest ( 1/1 dilution) Lane 4: Fermentation sample - harvest (½ dilution) Lane 5: Fermentation sample - harvest (⅓ dilution) Lane 6: Fermentation sample - harvest (¼ dilution) Lane 7: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/17.54 dilution) corresponds to lane 1 Lane 8: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/35.08 dilution) corresponds to lane 2 Lane 9: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/52.62 dilution) corresponds to lane 3 Lane 10: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/70.16 dilution) corresponds to lane 4 Lane 11: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/87.70 dilution) corresponds to lane 5; -
FIG. 20 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT57 showing diluted samples from the harvest point supernatant and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate (with 520 g/L) precipitated sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Fermentation sample - harvest (neat) Lane 3: Fermentation sample - harvest ( 1/1 dilution) Lane 4: Fermentation sample - harvest (½ dilution) Lane 5: Fermentation sample - harvest (⅓ dilution) Lane 6: Fermentation sample - harvest (¼ dilution) Lane 7: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/15.63) corresponds to lane 1 Lane 8: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/31.26) corresponds to lane 2 Lane 9: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/46.89) corresponds to lane 3 Lane 10: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/62.52) corresponds to lane 4 Lane 11: Post dialysed sample - harvest ( 1/78.15) corresponds to lane 5; -
FIG. 21 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum strains 004 and 013 in PBFT58c,d fermentations; -
FIG. 22 is a SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58c (Strain 004): -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 1.00 μg Lane 3: Collagenase I - 0.67 μg Lane 4: Collagenase II - 1.08 μg Lane 5: Collagenase II - 0.72 μg Lane 6: 16.25 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 18 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 20.5 h (6.12 μL of sample); -
FIG. 23 is a SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58d (Strain 013): -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: Collagenase I - 1.00 μg Lane 3: Collagenase I - 0.67 μg Lane 4: Collagenase II - 1.08 μg Lane 5: Collagenase II - 0.72 μg Lane 6: 16.25 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 18 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 9: 19 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 10: 20.5 h (6.12 μL of sample); -
FIG. 24 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58c (strain 004), harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg Collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I and 0.19 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I and 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 μg collagenase I and 0.116 μg collagenase II Lane 6: 6.12 μL of sample Lane 7: 3.06 μL of sample Lane 8: 2.04 μL of sample Lane 9: 1.53 μL of sample Lane 10: 1.22 μL of sample; -
FIG. 25 is a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel for PBFT58d (strain 013), harvest point sample: -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I and 0.19 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I and 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 μg collagenase I and 0.116 μg collagenase II Lane 6: 6.12 μL of sample Lane 7: 3.06 μL of sample Lane 8: 2.04 μL of sample Lane 9: 1.53 μL of sample Lane 10: 1.22 μL of sample; -
FIG. 26 is SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed harvest point sample (520 g/L ammonium sulphate) of PBFT58c fermentation (strain 004): -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I and 0.19 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I and 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 μg collagenase I and 0.116 μg collagenase II Lane 6: post dialysed harvest point sample - Neat Lane 7: post dialysed harvest point sample - (⅕ dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 9: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/15 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/20 dilution); -
FIG. 27 is a SDS PAGE gel for post-dialysed harvest point sample (400 g/L ammonium sulphate) of PBFT58d fermentation (strain 013): -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 0.27 μg collagenase I and 0.29 μg collagenase II Lane 3: 0.18 μg collagenase I and 0.19 μg collagenase II Lane 4: 0.135 μg collagenase I and 0.145 μg collagenase II Lane 5: 0.108 μg collagenase I and 0.116 μg collagenase II Lane 6: post dialysed harvest point sample - Neat Lane 7: post dialysed harvest point sample - (⅕ dilution) Lane 8: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/10 dilution) Lane 9: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/15 dilution) Lane 10: post dialysed harvest point sample - ( 1/20 dilution); -
FIG. 28 is illustrates a flow chart of the Experimental procedure used for screening the alternative vegetable peptones; -
FIG. 29 illustrates a fed-batch strategy for DCFT27a,b fermentations; -
FIG. 30 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT27a and DCFT27b fed-batch fermentations; -
FIG. 31 depicts growth curves (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L PBFT59a,b,c batch fermentations; -
FIG. 32 depicts a growth curve (Net OD vs time) of C. histolyticum in 5 L DCFT27d fed-batch fermentation; -
FIG. 33 a is a SDS PAGE gel for DCFT27d (Phytone supplemented with amino acids): -
Lane 1: High Molecular Weight Marker Lane 2: 18 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 3: 17 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 4: 15 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 5: 14 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 6: 13 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 7: 11.3 h (6.12 μL of sample) Lane 8: 0.27 μg Collagenase I and 0.29 μg Collagenase II; -
FIG. 33 b represents a schematic diagram of the inoculation procedure; -
FIG. 33 c represents a flow chart of an approximately 200 L fed batch inoculation process; -
FIG. 34 shows a chromatogram after hydroxyapatite chromatography; -
FIG. 35 shows a chromatogram after a fractogel TMAE anion exchange; -
FIG. 36 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Pre HA, Post HA and Post TMAE material from 5 L scale process: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μL 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 20 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 20 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 20 4 Pre HA - 1 μg 20 5 Post HA - 1 μg 20 6 Post TMAE - 1 μg 20 -
FIG. 37 shows a chromatogram after a fractogel TMAE anion exchange; -
FIG. 38 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence leupeptin: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μL 1 High Molecular Weight marker 20 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 20 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 20 4 Post TMAE/Post Dialysis - 1 μg 20 5 Fraction D6 - neat 20 6 Fraction E6 - neat 20 7 Fraction F7 - 1 μg 20 8 Fraction F6 - 1 μg 20 9 Fraction F5 - 1 μg 20 10 Fraction F4 - neat 20; -
FIG. 39 is an 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin. Gel 2-Peak 2 (ABCI): -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 High Molecular Weight marker 20 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 20 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 20 4 Fraction B2 - neat 20 5 Fraction C1 - 1 μg 20 6 Fraction C2 - 1 μg 20 7 Fraction C3 - 1 μg 20 8 Fraction C4 - 1 μg 20 9 Fraction C5 - neat 20 10 Fraction C6 - neat 20; -
FIG. 40 shows a chromatogram after a Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with modified gradient; -
FIG. 41 shows a chromatogram after a Superdex 75 Gel Permeation chromatography of ABCII; -
FIG. 42 is a 12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis ofSuperdex 75 GPC of concentrated ABC II run in the presence of arginine: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 GPC loading 15 5 Fraction D4 15 6 Fraction D3 15 7 Fraction D2 15 8 Fraction D1 15 Neat 9 Fraction E1 15 10 Fraction E2 15 11 Fraction E3 15 12 Fraction E4 15; -
FIG. 43 shows a chromatogram after a Superdex 75 Gel Permeation chromatography of ABCI; -
FIG. 44 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis ofSuperdex 75 GPC of concentrated ABC I run in the presence of arginine: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 GPC loading 1 μg 15 5 Fraction D4 15 6 Fraction D3 15 7 Fraction D2 15 8 Fraction D1 15 9 Fraction E1 15 10 Fraction E2 15 11 Fraction E3 15 12 Fraction E4 15; -
FIG. 45 represents a flow chart of one proposed manufacturing process; -
FIG. 46 represents a flow chart of the fermentation procedure forprocess 3; -
FIG. 47 represents a flow chart of the purification procedure forprocess 3; -
FIG. 48 is a SDS-PAGE (reduced) Coomasie stained for Intermediates AUXI and AUXII: -
- Lane
- 1. High Molecular Weight Markers
- 2. 0.132 mg/ml ABC-I Reference
- 3. 0.0265 mg/ml ABC-I Reference
- 4. 0.132 mg/ml AUX-I Intermediate
- 5. 0.0265 mg/ml AUX-I Intermediate
- 6. 0.132 mg/ml ABC-II Reference
- 7. 0.0265 mg/ml ABC-II Reference
- 8. 0.132 mg/ml AUX-II Intermediate
- 9. 0.0265 mg/ml AUX-II Intermediate;
-
FIG. 49 is a SDS-PAGE (reduced) Coomasie stained for Drug Substance: -
- Lane
- 1. High Molecular Weight Markers
- 2. 0.132 mg/ml Mixed BTC Reference
- 3. 0.0265 mg/ml Mixed BTC Reference
- 4. 0.132 mg/ml Drug Substance
- 5. 0.0265 mg/ml Drug Substance;
-
FIG. 50 is DS-PAGE (reduced) Silver stained Drug Substance: -
- Lane
- 1. HMW marker
- 2. Mixed BTC reference 1.3 μg
- 3. Blank
- 4. Drug Substance 1.3 μg
- 5. Drug Substance 0.27 μg
- 6. Drug Substance 0.13 μg.
-
FIG. 51 depicts a comparison of C. histolyticum grown onProteose Peptone # 3 in a batch fermentation to the existing fermentation process using Phytone peptone during fed-batch cultivation; -- GCFT03b PP3 batch -▪- GCFT03d Phytone fed-batch -
FIG. 52 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the collagenase product at the harvest point (20 h) of a 5 LProtease Peptone # 3 batch fermentation (GCFT03b) (8% Tris-Glycine): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 0.27 μg AUXI 3 0.18 μg AUXI 4 0.135 μg AUXI 5 0.29 μg AUXII 6 0.193 μg AUXII 7 0.145 μg AUXII 8 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) 9 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation sample) 10 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation sample) 11 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation sample) -
- Estimates
- AUXI˜176 mg/L
- AUXII˜190 mg/L
-
FIG. 53 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the collagenase product at the harvest point (20 h) of a 5 L Phytone fed-batch fermentation (GCFT03d) (8% Tris-Glycine): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 0.27 μg AUXI 3 0.18 μg AUXI 4 0.135 μg AUXI 5 0.29 μg AUXII 6 0.193 μg AUXII 7 0.145 μg AUXII 8 0.87 μL of sample ( 1/7 dilution of fermentation sample) 9 1.22 μL of sample (⅕ dilution of fermentation sample) 10 1.53 μL of sample (¼ dilution of fermentation sample) 11 2.04 μL of sample (⅓ dilution of fermentation sample) -
- Estimates
- AUXI˜88 mg/L
- AUXII˜142 mg/L
-
FIG. 54 illustrates three fermentations of Clostridium histolyticum grown on 50 g/L PP3 demonstrating a reproducible growth profile: -- GCFT03b -▪- GCFT04c -▴- GCFT05d -
FIG. 55 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of GCFT05d (batch fermentation with Proteose Peptone #3), 8% Tris Glycine gel, colloidal stained): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 Reference, AUXI and AUXII 3 3 hours 4 4 hours 5 5 hours 6 6 hours 7 7 hours 8 8 hours 9 9 hours 10 10 hours 11 11 hours -
FIG. 56 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of GCFT05d (batch fermentation with Proteose Peptone #3), (8% Tris Glycine gel, silver stained): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 Reference, AUXI and AUXII 3 3 hours 4 4 hours 5 5 hours 6 6 hours 7 7 hours 8 8 hours 9 9 hours 10 10 hours 11 11 hours -
FIG. 57 is a SDS-PAGE analysis showing the time course of DCFT24b (fed-batch fermentation using Phytone peptone), (8% Tris Glycine gel, colloidal stained): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI - 0.27 μg 3 AUXII - 0.29 μg 4 20 hours - Harvest point 5 19 hours 6 17 hours 7 16 hours 8 15 hours 9 14 hours 10 13 hours 11 11.6 hours 12 10.5 hours -
FIG. 58 illustrates a comparison of growth curves from C. histolyticum fermentations using different lots of PP3: -
-▪- GCFT05d -- GCFT06b -▪- GCFT07c -□- GCFT07d -▴- GCFT08c -⋄- GCFT08d -- GCFT09C -o- GCFT09D -
FIG. 59 illustrates a small scale comparison of three lots of PP3 and evaluation of -
- □ batch 5354796 (50 g/L) □ batch 5332393 (50 g/L)
- 100 g/L PP3: ▪ batch 5325635 (50 g/L) □ batch 5332398 (100 g/L).
-
FIG. 60 depicts a growth profiles of two 5 L fermentations utilizing PP3 at 100 g/L: -
-▴- PBFT70c lot # 53554796 -▪- PBFT70d lot # 5325635 -
FIG. 61 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of PBFT70c, 100 g/L PP3 (lot #5354796) fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 Reference, 0.4 μg AUXI and AUXII 3 3.1 hours 4 4.4 hours 5 5.5 hours 6 6.6 hours 7 8.0 hours 8 9.1 hours 9 10.1 hours 10 11.4 hours 11 12.0 hours -
FIG. 62 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the timecourse of PBFT70d, 100 g/L PP3 (lot #532635) fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 Reference, 0.4 μg AUXI and AUXII 3 3.1 hours 4 4.3 hours 5 5.5 hours 6 6.6 hours 7 7.8 hours 8 9.1 hours 9 10.1 hours 10 11.3 hours 11 12.0 hours -
FIG. 63 represents a densitometry analysis of SDS-PAGE to compare cell growth to product formation from 5 L fermentation PBFT70c: -
- - -o- - - Precursor -▴- Aux 1 -▴- Aux 2OD. -
FIG. 64 illustrated a Comparison of 100 g/L PP3 process at 5 L and 200 L scale: -
-⋄- PBFT70c -▴- PBFT70d -- 200 L scale-up fermentation. -
FIG. 65 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation (8% Tris-Glycine): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI and AUXII mixed reference (1.2 μg) 3 4 hours 4 6 hours 5 8 hours 6 9.4 hours 7 12 hours 8 14 hours -
FIG. 66 represents a densitometry analysis of SDS-PAGE to compare cell growth to product formation from 200 L fermentation: -
- - -o- - - Precursor -▴- Aux 1 -▴- Aux 2OD. -
FIG. 67 is a SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation (4-12% Bis-Tris): -
Lane Sample 1 High Molecular Weight Marker 2 AUXI and AUXII mixed reference (1.2 μg) 3 4 hours 4 6 hours 5 8 hours 6 9.4 hours 7 12 hours 8 14 hours -
FIG. 68 shows a standard curve for densitometry quantification of collagenase concentration. -
FIG. 69 represents a schematic illustration of the fermentation and harvest of Clostridium histolyticum. -
FIGS. 70( a) and (b) are chromatograms resulting from Hydrophobic interaction chromatography using Phenyl Sepharose FF (low sub): (a) is full scale chromatogram and (b) is an expanded chromatogram showing fraction collection. -
FIG. 71 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the Mustang Q filter step to the TFF1 step. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue and overloaded (2.5 .mu.g total protein/lane) to show contaminant bands: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Post Mustang Q filtrate 15 3 Pre HIC Bag 115 4 Pre HIC Bag 215 5 HIC flow-through Bag 115 6 HIC flow-through Bag 215 7 HIC Peak 1 (0.3M AS wash) 15 8 Post HIC pool (peak 2) 15 9 Pre TFF (post HIC pool + 2 day hold) 15 10 Post TFF 15 11 Pre Q-AEX (post TFF + overnight hold) 15 -
FIG. 72 is an Ion exchange chromatogram (Q Sepharose HP) of the post HIC material after concentration and diafiltration into 10 mM Tris, 200μM leupeptin pH 8. -
FIG. 73 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 1 (AUXII) eluted during the ion exchange column (FIG. 5 ). Gel 1: the gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 Load 1 μg 15 5 Fraction 1AUXII neat 15 6 Fraction 2AUXII neat 15 7 Fraction 3AUXII neat 15 8 Fraction 4AUXII 1 μg 15 9 Fraction 5AUXII 1 μg 15 10 Fraction 6AUXII 1 μg 15 11 Fraction 7AUXII 1 μg 15 12 Fraction 8AUXII 1 μg 15 -
FIG. 74 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 1 (AUXII) eluted during the ion exchange column (FIG. 5 ). Gel 2: the gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 Fraction 9AUXII 1 μg 15 5 Fraction 10AUXII 1 μg 15 6 Fraction 11AUXII 1 μg 15 7 Fraction 12AUXII 1 μg 15 8 Peak 1Tail AUXII 1 μg 15 -
FIG. 75 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 2 (AUXI) eluted during the ion exchange column (FIG. 5 ). Gel 3: the gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 Fraction 13 AUXI neat 15 5 Fraction 14AUXI 1 μg 15 6 Fraction 15AUXI 1 μg 15 7 Fraction 16AUXI 1 μg 15 8 Fraction 17 AUXI 1 μg 15 9 Fraction 18AUXI 1 μg 15 10 Fraction 19 AUXI 1 μg 15 11 Fraction 20AUXI 1 μg 15 12 Fraction 21 AUXI 1 μg 15 -
FIG. 76 is a 4-12% Bis Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of fractions from peak 2 (AUXI) eluted during the ion exchange column (FIG. 5 ). Gel 4: the gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 Collagenase ABC I reference 1 μg 15 3 Collagenase ABC II reference 1μg 15 4 Fraction 22 AUXI 1 μg 15 5 Fraction 23AUXI 1 μg 15 6 Fraction 24 AUXI 1 μg 15 7 Fraction 25 AUXI 1 μg 15 8 Fraction 26 AUXI 1 μg 15 9 Fraction 27 AUXI 1 μg 15 10 Peak 2Tail AUXI 1 μg 15 -
FIG. 77 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the anion exchange step to final product. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. Gel 1:1 μg/lane loading: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 ABC I Reference 15 3 ABC II Reference 15 4 Post IEX AUX I Pool 15 5 Post IEX AUX II Pool 15 6 AUX I Intermediate (DOM: 12 MAY 2006) 15 7 AUX II Intermediate (DOM: 10 MAY 2006) 15 8 AUX I Intermediate (Pre Mix) 15 9 AUX II Intermediate (Pre Mix) 15 10 Drug Substance (DOM: 15 MAY 2006) 15 -
FIG. 78 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the anion exchange step to final product. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. Gel 2: 2.5 μg/lane loading: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 10 2 ABC I Reference 15 3 ABC II Reference 15 4 Post IEX AUX I Pool 15 5 Post IEX AUX II Pool 15 6 AUX I Intermediate (DOM: 12 MAY 2006) 15 7 AUX II Intermediate (DOM: 10 MAY 2006) 15 8 AUX I Intermediate (Pre Mix) 15 9 AUX II Intermediate (Pre Mix) 15 10 Drug Substance (DOM: 15 MAY 2006) 15 -
FIG. 79 is a SDS-PAGE with 8% Tris Glycine (NB Ref AS/1640/020): -
- 1. High Molecular Weight Markers
- 2. Blank Lane
- 3. 1 μg
Fermentation Filtrate Day 4 - 4. 1 μg
Fermentation Filtrate Day 5 - 5. 1 μg Post
Mustang Q Day 4 - 6. 1 μg
Post HIC Day 3 - 7. 1 μg
Post HIC Day 6 - 8. 1 μg
Post TFF Day 2 - 9. 1 μg
Post TFF Day 4
-
FIG. 80 is a SDS-PAGE with 8% Tris Glycine: -
- 1. High Molecular Weight Markers
- 2. 1 μg AUX-I Reference
- 3. 1 μg AUX-II Reference
- 4. 1 μg Post IEX AUX-
I Day 5 - 5. 1 μg Post IEX AUX-
I Day 12 - 6. 1 μg Post IEX AUX-
II Day 5 - 7. 1 μg Post IEX AUX-
II Day 12
-
FIG. 81 is a SDS-PAGE gel: -
- 1. High Molecular Weight Markers
- 2. 1 μg AUX-I Reference
- 3. 1 μg AUX-II Reference
- 4. 1 μg AUX-
I Intermediate Day 5 - 5. 1 μg AUX-
I Intermediate Day 12 - 6. 1 μg AUX-
II Intermediate Day 5 - 7. 1 μg AUX-
II Intermediate Day 12
-
FIG. 82 represents analytical chromatography analysis. -
FIG. 83 shows protein concentration determination by UV. -
FIG. 84 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through taken at the point of manufacture and stored at −20° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. 1 μg loading: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Post Mustang Q filtrate 15 3 Pre HIC Bag 115 4 Pre HIC Bag 215 5 HIC flow-through Bag 115 6 HIC flow-through Bag 215 7 HIC Peak 1 (0.3M AS wash) 15 8 Post HIC pool 15 9 Pre TFF1 (post HIC pool + weekend hold) 15 10 Post TFF1 15 11 Pre Q-AEX (post TFF + overnight hold) 15 -
FIG. 85 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 22 hrs at Room Temperature. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Pre Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 3 Post Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 4 Pre HIC Bag 11 μg loading 15 5 Pre HIC Bag 21 μg loading 15 6 Post HIC Pool 1 μg loading 15 7 Pre TFF1 1 μg loading 15 8 Post TFF1 1 μg loading 15 9 Post IEX Aux I Pool 1 μg loading 15 10 Post IEX Aux II Pool 1 μg loading 15 11 AUX I Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 12 AUX II Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 -
FIG. 86 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 22 hrs at 37° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Pre Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 3 Post Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 4 Pre HIC Bag 11 μg loading 15 5 Pre HIC Bag 21 μg loading 15 6 Post HIC Pool 1 μg loading 15 7 Pre TFF1 1 μg loading 15 8 Post TFF1 1 μg loading 15 9 Post IEX Aux I Pool 1 μg loading 15 10 Post IEX Aux II Pool 1 μg loading 15 11 AUX I Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 12 AUX II Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 -
FIG. 87 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 94 hrs at Room Temperature. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Pre Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 3 Post Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 4 Pre HIC Bag 11 μg loading 15 5 Pre HIC Bag 21 μg loading 15 6 Post HIC Pool 1 μg loading 15 7 Pre TFF1 1 μg loading 15 8 Post TFF1 1 μg loading 15 9 Post IEX Aux I Pool 1 μg loading 15 10 Post IEX Aux II Pool 1 μg loading 15 11 AUX I Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 12 AUX II Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 -
FIG. 88 is a 4-12% Bis-Tris SDS-PAGE analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run-through after 94 hrs at 37° C. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Mark 12Molecular Weight Marker 12 2 Pre Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 3 Post Mustang Q filtrate 1 μg loading 15 4 Pre HIC Bag 11 μg loading 15 5 Pre HIC Bag 21 μg loading 15 6 Post HIC Pool 1 μg loading 15 7 Pre TFF1 1 μg loading 15 8 Post TFF1 1 μg loading 15 9 Post IEX Aux I Pool 1 μg loading 15 10 Post IEX Aux II Pool 1 μg loading 15 11 AUX I Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 12 AUX II Intermediate 1 μg loading 15 -
FIG. 89 is a 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of selected post IEX AUX I and post IEX AUX II fractions. Fractions were selected from the 20 L demonstration run which were enriched for the required contaminant protein. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 Post IEX AUX I Fraction 1620 2 Post IEX AUX I Fraction 16eluted with AUXI 20 3 Post IEX AUX I Fraction 16eluted with AUXI 20 4 Post IEX AUX I Fraction 16eluted with AUXI 20 5 Post IEX AUX I Fraction 16eluted with AUXI 20 6 Post IEX AUX II Fraction 2eluted with AUXII 20 7 Post IEX AUX II Fraction 2eluted with AUXII 20 8 Post IEX AUX II Fraction 2eluted with AUXII 20 9 Post IEX AUX II Fraction 2eluted with AUXII 20 10 Post IEX AUX II Fraction 2eluted with AUXII 20 -
FIG. 90 is a 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE analysis of selected post IEX AUX I and post IEX AUX II fractions. Fractions were selected from purified material generated fromfermentation 20 L PP3 and enriched for the ˜90 kDa contaminant protein. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue: -
Load volume, Lane Sample 1 μl 1 High Molecular Weight marker 20 2 Post IEX Fraction B7R2 eluted with AUXI 20 3 Post IEX Fraction B7R2 eluted with AUXI 20 4 Post IEX Fraction B7R2 eluted with AUXI 20 5 Post IEX Fraction B7R2 eluted with AUXI 20 6 Post IEX Fraction D1 eluted with AUXII 20 7 Post IEX Fraction D1 eluted with AUXII 20 8 Post IEX Fraction D1 eluted with AUXII 20 9 Post IEX Fraction D1 eluted with AUXII 20 10 Post IEX Fraction D1 eluted with AUXII 20 - The invention provides a novel collagenase drug substance comprising a mixture of highly purified collagenase I and collagenase II in a mass ratio of about 1 to 1. It has been discovered that a composition comprising a mixture of collagenase I and collagenase II in an artificial mass ratio of 1 to 1 provides highly reproducible and optimal enzymatic activity and imparts superior therapeutic effect while lowering the potential for side effects. It is understood that the terms “drug substance”, “drug product” or “collagenase composition” can be used interchangeably.
- In one embodiment, the present invention provides a drug substance consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, and preferably a purity of at least 98% by area.
- In another embodiment, the present invention provides a drug substance, wherein the drug substance having at least one specification selected from table A below:
-
TABLE A Specification Test AUX-I AUX-II Appearance Clear colourless and essentially free from particulate matter Potentiometric Measure of pH 7.5 to 8.5 of Solution Endotoxin <10 EU/mL Identity (and purity) by Major collagenase band Major collagenase band SDS-PAGE (Reduced conditions, between 98-188 kDa between 97-200 kDa; Coomasie and silver stained) MW markers MW markers; major bands comparable to reference standard Total Protein by Absorbance 0.8-1.2 mg/mL Spectroscopy SRC assay (AUX-I) 13 000-23 000 fSRC NA units/mg GPA assay (AUX-II NA 230 000-430 000 fGPA units/mg Residual host cell protein Comparable to reference standard; no individual impurity band exhibiting greater intensity than 1% BSA intensity marker Residual host cell DNA ≦10 pg/dose Analysis of Proteins using the ≧98% main peak; ≦2% aggregates by area Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using the 2 major peaks (AUX I & AUX II), combined ≧97% Agilent 1100 HPLC System by area; Retention times of AUX-I and AUX-II (Identity and purity by reverse within 5% of reference phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using the ≦1% by area Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual clostripain by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using the ≦1% by area Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Residual leupeptin by reverse ≦μg/mg w/w phase chromatography Bioburden <1 cfu/mL - In one aspect, the invention provides a process for producing a drug substance consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, comprising the steps of:
-
- a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
- b) harvesting a crude product comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
- c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
- d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
- In one preferred embodiment, the fermentation step is conducted in the presence of a porcine derived, a phytone peptone or a vegetable peptone medium. More preferably, the porcine derived medium is
proteose peptone # 3. - In one embodiment, the invention provides a fermentation procedure comprising the steps of:
-
- a) inoculating the medium in a first stage with Clostridium histolyticum and agitating the mixture;
- b) incubating the mixture from step (a) to obtain an aliquot;
- c) inoculating the medium in a second stage with aliquots resulting from step (b) and agitating the mixture;
- d) incubating mixtures from step (c);
- e) inoculating the medium in a third stage with aliquots resulting from step (d) and agitating;
- f) incubating mixtures from step (e);
- g) inoculating the medium in a fourth stage with an aliquot resulting from step (f) and agitating;
- h) incubating mixtures from step (g); and
- i) harvesting culture resulting from step (h) by filtration.
- In a preferred embodiment, the fermentation procedure comprises the steps of:
-
- a) Inoculating 3×25 mL PP3 (proteose peptone) medium with 3×250 μL of WCB (25 mL cultures in 3×125 mL shake flasks, contained within Anaerobe gas jar) at a temperature set point of 37° C., and agitating the mixture at 125 rpm;
- b) incubating the mixture from step (a) for 12 hours;
- c) inoculating
Inoculate 4×200 mL PP3 medium with 4×5 mL aliquots from 1 of the above 25 mL cultures (200 mL cultures in 4×500 mL shake flasks, contained within Anaerobe gas jar) at a temperature set point of 37° C., and agitating the mixture at 125 rpm; - d) incubating mixtures from step (c) for 12 hours;
- e) inoculating 14.4 L of PP3 medium with 3×200 mL culture (15 L culture in 20 L fermenter) at a temperature set point of 37° C. and pH set point of 7.00, and agitating the mixture at 125 rpm;
- f) incubating mixtures from step (e) for 12 hours;
- g) inoculating 192 L of PP3 medium with 8 L of 15 L culture (200 L culture in 270 L fermenter) at a temperature set point of 37° C. and pH set point of 7.00, and agitating the mixture at 125 rpm;
- h) incubating mixtures from step (g) for 14 hours; and
- i) harvesting 200 L culture by filtration (depth followed by 0.2 μm) via Millipore Millistak 4 m2 and 0.2 μm filter (2×
Millipore Express XL 10 filters) at a flow rate of 200 L/h.
- In one embodiment, the invention provides a purification procedure comprising the steps of:
-
- a) filtering the crude harvest through a MUSTANG Q anion-exchange capsule filter;
- b) adding ammonium sulphate; preferably to a final concentration of 1M;
- c) filtering the crude harvest; preferably through a 0.45 μm filter;
- d) subjecting the filtrate through a HIC column; preferably a phenyl sepharose 6FF (low sub);
- e) adding leupeptin to the filtrate; preferably to a final concentration of 0.2 mM to post HIC eluted product;
- f) removing the ammonium sulfate and maintaining leupeptin for correct binding of collagenase I and collagenase II with buffer exchange by TFF; preferably with buffer exchange by TFF;
- g) filtering the mixture of step (f); preferably through a 0.45 μm filter;
- h) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using Q-Sepharose HP;
- i) preparing TFF concentration and formulation for collagenase I and collagenase II separately; wherein TFF is a tangential flow filtration using 10 and/or 30 K MWCO (molecular weight cut-off) PES or RC-polyethersulfone or regenerated cellulose filter membranes. Provides means to retain and concentrate select protein and exchange the protein from one buffer solution into another; and
- j) filtering through a 0.2 μm filtration system.
- The drug substance of the present invention includes both collagenase I and collagenase II. A preferred source of crude collagenase is from a bacterial fermentation process, specifically the fermentation of C. histolyticum (C. his). In one embodiment of the invention, a fermentation process is described. The crude collagenase obtained from C. his may be purified by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, including dye ligand affinity chromatography, heparin affinity chromatography, ammonium sulfate precipitation, hydroxylapatite chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, ion exchange chromatography, and metal chelation chromatography. Crude and partially purified collagenase is commercially available from many sources including Advance Biofactures Corp., Lynbrook, N.Y.
- Both collagenase I and collagenase II are metalloproteases and require tightly bound zinc and loosely bound calcium for their activity (Eddie L. Angleton and H. E. Van Wart, Biochemistry 1988, 27, 7406-7412). Both collagenases have broad specificity toward all types of collagen (Steinbrink, D; Bond, M and Van Wart, H; (1985), JBC, 260 p 2771-2776). Collagenase I and Collagenase II digest collagen by hydrolyzing the triple-helical region of collagen under physiological conditions (Steinbrink, D; Bond, M and Van Wart, H; (1985), JBC, 260 p 2771-2776). Even though each collagenase shows different specificity (e.g. each have a different preferred amino sequence for cleavage), together, they have synergistic activity toward collagen [Mandl, I., (1964), Biochemistry, 3: p. 1737-1741; Vos-Scheperkeuter, G H, (1997), Cell Transplantation, 6: p. 403-412]. Collagenase II has a higher activity towards all kinds of synthetic peptide substrates than collagenase I as reported for class II and class I collagenase in the literatures. [Bond, M. D. (1984), Biochemistry, 23: p. 3085-3091. Hesse, F, (1995), Transplantation Proceedings, 27: p. 3287-3289].
- Examples of collagen mediated-diseases that may be treated by the compositions and methods of the invention include but are not limited to: Dupuytren's disease; Peyronie's disease; frozen shoulder (adhesive capsulitis), keloids; hypertrophic scars; depressed scars such as those resulting from inflammatory acne; post-surgical adhesions; acne vulgaris; lipomas, and disfiguring conditions such as wrinkling, cellulite formation and neoplastic fibrosis. U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,086,872 and 5,589,171 incorporated herein by reference disclose the use of collagenase preparations in the treatment of Dupuytren's disease. U.S. Pat. No. 6,022,539 incorporated herein by reference discloses the use of collagenase preparations in the treatment of Peyronie's disease.
- In addition its use in treating collagen-mediated diseases, the composition of the invention is also useful for the dissociation of tissue into individual cells and cell clusters as is useful in a wide variety of laboratory, diagnostic and therapeutic applications. These applications involve the isolation of many types of cells for various uses, including microvascular endothelial cells for small diameter synthetic vascular graft seeding, hepatocytes for gene therapy, drug toxicology screening and extracorporeal liver assist devices, chondrocytes for cartilage regeneration, and islets of Langerhans for the treatment of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Enzyme treatment works to fragment extracellular matrix proteins and proteins which maintain cell-to-cell contact. Since collagen is the principle protein component of tissue ultrastructure, the enzyme collagenase has been frequently used to accomplish the desired tissue disintegration. In general, the composition of the present invention is useful for any application where the removal of cells or the modification of an extracellular matrix, are desired.
- Collagenase compositions of the invention may also be prepared by mixing either a specific number of activity units or specific masses of the preferably purified enzymes. Collagenase activity can be measured by the enzyme's ability to hydrolyze either synthetic peptide or collagen substrate. Those skilled in the art will recognize that enzyme assays other than those disclosed herein may also be used to define and prepare functionally equivalent enzyme compositions.
- Another aspect of the present invention is the reproducible optimization of the 1 to 1 mass ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II in the composition of the invention. The reproducibility of the ratio of collagenase I to collagenase II has previously been a challenge because of several factors. First, commercial fermentation of Clostridium generally results in a 1 to 2 ratio of collagenase I and collagenase II. Second, the purification procedures are known to alter this ratio significantly resulting in inconsistent ratios of purified product. The optimized fixed mass ratio of the composition of the present invention maximizes the synergistic activity provided by the two different collagenases resulting in superior therapeutic benefit.
- The invention also provides pharmaceutical formulations of the compositions of the invention. The pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a collagenase composition of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient” means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; glycols such as propylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
- The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered parenterally, topically, or via an implanted reservoir. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. In a preferred embodiment, the composition is injected into the disfiguring tissue. In the case of Peyronie's or Duputyren's diseases or adhesive capsulitis, the composition is injected into the cord or plaque. The term “local administration” is defined herein to embrace such direct injection.
- Furthermore, particularly good results can be obtained by immobilizing the site of injection after administration. For example, the site of administration can be immobilized for 4 or more hours.
- Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions, may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
- The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use. The sterile solutions may also be lyophilized for later use.
- Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
- The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
- Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons.
- Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
- In one preferred embodiment, the drug substance of the invention is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with lactose. In one embodiment each milligram of injectable collagenase is formulated with 1.9 mg of lactose. In another embodiment, each milligram of injection collagenase preferably has approximately 2800 SRC units and 51000 units measured with a potency assay using a synthetic substrate, pzGPGGPA.
- In another preferred embodiment, the collagenase composition of the invention is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris at a pH level of about 8.0. Most preferably, 1.0 mg of the drug substance of the invention is formulated in 60 mM Sucrose, 10 mM Tris, at a pH of about 8.0 (this equates to 20.5 mg/mL of sucrose and 1.21 mg/mL of Tris in the formulation buffer). Examples of some of the formulations include, but not limited to: for a 0.58 mg of the drug substance dose, 18.5 mg of sucrose and 1.1 mg of Tris are added in each vial, where the targeting a vial fill volume is 0.9 mL; and for a 0.58 mg of the drug substance dose, 12.0 mg sucrose (multicompendial) and 0.7 mg of Tris (multicompendial).
- In accordance with the invention, methods are provided for treating collagen-mediated diseases comprising the step of administering to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of the invention, or a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical formulation of the invention. By a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound of the invention is meant an amount of the compound which confers a therapeutic effect on the treated subject, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- The therapeutic effect may be objective (i.e., measurable by some test or marker) or subjective (i.e., subject gives an indication of or feels an effect). Effective doses will also vary depending on route of administration, as well as the possibility of co-usage with other agents. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or contemporaneously with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
- The drug substance for injectable collagenase consists of two microbial collagenases, referred to as Collagenase AUX I and Collagenase ABC I and Collagenase AUX II and Collagenase ABC II. It is understood that the terms “Collagenase I”, “ABC I”, “AUX I”, “collagenase AUX I”, and “collagenase ABC I” mean the same and can be used interchangeably. Similarly, the terms “Collagenase II”, “ABC II”, “AUX II”, “collagenase AUX II”, and “collagenase ABC II” refer to the same enzyme and can also be used interchangeably. These collagenases are secreted by bacterial cells. They are isolated and purified from Clostridium histolyticum culture supernatant by chromatographic methods. Both collagenases are special proteases and share the same EC number (E.C 3.4.24.3).
- Collagenase AUX I has a single polypeptide chain consisting of approximately 1000 amino acids with a molecular weight of 115 kDa. Collagenase AUX II has also a single polypeptide chain consisting of about 1000 amino acids with a molecular weight of 110 kDa.
- Even though the literature indicates that there are sequence homologies in regions of collagenase AUX I and AUX II, the two polypeptides do not seem to be immunologically cross reactive as indicated by the western blot analysis.
- The drug substance (collagenase concentrate) has an approximately 1 to 1 mass ratio for collagenase AUX I and AUX II. The collagenase concentrate has an extinction coefficient of 1.528.
- All references cited herein, whether in print, electronic, computer readable storage media or other faun, are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety, including but not limited to, abstracts, articles, journals, publications, texts, treatises, Internet web sites, databases, patents, and patent publications.
- The compositions and processes of the present invention will be better understood in connection with the following examples, which are intended as an illustration only and not limiting of the scope of the invention. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art and such changes and modifications including, without limitation, those relating to the processes, formulations and/or methods of the invention may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and the scope of the appended claims.
- This work was set out to develop a fermentation process that aimed at delivering a target yield of 250 mg/L of total collagenases ABC I & II from the 5 L fermentation scale process in an animal free component growth media. Various potential alternative nitrogen sources were screened to see if they had any affect on collagenase expression over and the above the phytone component currently used in the growth media. An experiment comparing productivities from two strains of C. histolyticum, 004 and 013, was to determine any differences between the two strains with respect to growth kinetics, collagenase productivity and production of contaminating proteases grown in an animal derived media. This comparison highlighted significant differences between growing the C. histolyticum strain in animal derived media as opposed to animal free growth media.
- Previous results described that increased concentrations of phytone and yeast extract were shown to support higher biomass concentrations and hence higher levels of total collagenase expression. In an attempt to further increase biomass concentrations and total collagenase productivity of the optimised batch fermentation media, a fed-batch fermentation strategy was designed. Two 5 L fermentations were performed, one with a high concentration of media in the batch phase followed by a low concentration feeding phase, the second with a low concentration of media in the batch phase followed with a high concentration feeding phase. Both fermentations produced high biomass concentrations, however the high concentration batch phase showed relatively low levels of collagenase expression. The low concentration batch fermentation showed very high levels of collagenase expression (˜280 mg/L), however this culture also produced significant quantities of the contaminating protease, clostripain.
- Although the low concentration batch fermentation gave very good results with respect to expression of the collagenases, the highly concentrated phytone and yeast extract feed solution was very difficult to prepare. Two additional fermentations were performed, the first was a repeat of the previous successful fed-batch fermentation the second had a slightly higher concentration batch phase media composition with a lower concentrated feeding solution. Both fermentations achieved similar biomass concentrations and showed the same expression profile of the collagenases and clostripain. The quantity of collagenase produced was again estimated at approximately 280 mg/L in both fermentations. However, these fermentations produced significant quantities of the contaminating protease clostripain.
- A selection of alternative nitrogen sources were assessed for their ability to replace the phytone peptone used in the fed-batch fermentation strategy. The C. histolyticum grew extremely well on the vegetable peptones reaching optical densities (600 nm) of 4 to 5 units. However, SDS-PAGE analysis of these fermentations showed no expression of either collagenase or clostripain. Due to the luxuriant cell growth observed on these peptones it was thought that the concentration of complex nitrogen source was too high resulting in an inhibition of protease expression. A second set of fermentations was therefore carried out using the alternative peptones at 50 g/L in a batch strategy. When the fermentations were analyzed by SDS-PAGE no expression of collagenase or clostripain was seen again. A fed-batch fermentation using phytone peptone was supplemented with three amino acids, glutamine, tryptophan and asparagine. These amino acids were identified as being present in lower amounts in the non-animal media. The growth profile of the fermentation was very similar to that of the fed-batch fermentation without amino acid supplementation. SDS-PAGE analysis showed a similar yield of collagenase but a slightly lower level of clostripain. The clostripain assay showed reduced activity in the amino supplemented when compared to the control fed-batch fermentation. The reduction in clostripain activity whilst still significant was not as great as the difference between animal and non-animal media.
- The assessment of the primary recovery step of the collagenases using ammonium sulphate precipitation was carried out on 0.2 μm filtrates of the crude fermentation supernatants. The aim here was to help increase the collagenase yield and ideally decrease the quantity of clostripain that was carried through the process. Initially ammonium sulphate concentrations of 100-400 g/L were assessed. Ammonium sulphate at 400 g/L resulted in significant recovery of collagenase. A further study was carried out with a higher range of ammonium sulphate (400-520 g/L). In addition, the effect of decreasing the pH to 6.0 and oxygenating the media prior to precipitation were also investigated. No difference was observed in either the quantity of the collagenases or clostripain recovered from the supernatant under any of these conditions. The pellet generated from 400 g/L ammonium sulphate was the easiest to resuspend.
- The study to compare the two strains of C. histolyticum (004 and 013) showed that the productivity of the collagenases from the animal derived media was lower than that of the optimal non-animal derived media. SDS-PAGE analysis, supported by an enzymatic assay for clostripain activity, highlighted that there were significantly lower quantities of clostripain in the material produced from the animal derived media than the non-animal media. This highlighted the fact that the feedstock produced from the non-animal derived media fermentation was a significantly different feedstock material from the fermentation using animal derived media with respect to the production of contaminating proteases.
- The results from the process development work showed that the use of an enriched media (100 g/L phytone peptone and 50 g/L yeast extract) resulted in the expression of higher amounts of collagenases compared to the original media (50 g/L phytone peptone and 8.5 g/L yeast extract). In addition, it initially appeared that it reduced the amounts of clostripain produced.
- Two 5 L fermentations were then performed. Firstly the strategy consisted of a long batch phase/short fed-batch phase, whereas the second consisted of a short batch phase/long fed-batch phase. In both strategies at the end of the fermentation (after 20 h) the concentrations of phytone peptone and yeast extract were 100 g/L and 50 g/L, respectively, as in the case of the batch fermentations. Table 1 and 2 detail the media recipes and strategies used.
-
TABLE 1 Media recipe and fed-batch strategy Long batch-short fed-batch Concentrations at Component Batch phase Feed harvest point Phytone Peptone 100 g/L 100 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 50 g/L 50 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 10 g/L 10 g/L 10 g/L Filtered sterilised KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 4 L 1 L ~5 L -
TABLE 2 Media recipe and fed-batch strategy Short batch-long fed-batch Concentrations at Component Batch phase Feed harvest point Phytone Peptone 40 g/L 254 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 10 g/L 153 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 7.5 g/L 17.8 g/L 10 g/L Filtered sterilised KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 4 L 1 L ~5 L -
FIG. 1 shows the growth curves (OD600 nm vs time) from the two fermentations, whereasFIG. 2 shows the net growth curves (Net OD600 nm vs time). It was observed that the cells from the first fermentation grew very fast and reached their maximum OD after approximately 10 hours. This was due to the fact that the media in the batch phase was very rich. During the fed-batch phase the cells did not appear to grow. The OD values decreased slightly, which could be partly attributed to the fact that the cells were dying and to the dilution effect of the feed in to the fermenter. - For the second fermentation, the fed-batch phase was started after 6 hours. At that point the OD value would have been low, as suggested by the growth curve in
FIG. 1 . The cells continued to grow slowly up to approximately 18 hours. - It was noted that the net-growth curves in
FIG. 2 suggested that the cell densities in DCFT24b fermentation were higher than in DCFT24a fermentation. The OD600 nm of the media prior to inoculation was approximately 1.7, whereas in DCFT24b it was approximately 0.4. These differences are due to the fact when the fermenters are autoclaved a precipitate is formed. For DCFT24a, higher amounts were formed compared to DCFT24b. - SDS PAGE analysis (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples were carried out for each for the two fermentations. The gels are shown in
FIGS. 3 and 4 . A semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel was also produced for the harvest point sample of the second fermentation. - The SDS PAGE gel analysis in
FIG. 4 indicated that very low amounts of the collagenases were expressed. This could be due to the fact that the cells grew very fast during the batch phase and as a result the maximum cell concentration was reached after approximately 10 hours. In contrast, very high level of collagenase expression was observed in the second fermentation, probably due to the fact that the cells grew more slowly during the short batch phase and continued to grow during the fed-batch phase. Thus the invention relates to an improved fermentation method for C. his wherein cell growth is controlled and slow during the short batch phase and continuing growth during the fed-batch phase. Slow growth is defined to mean that the rate of growth during the short batch phase does not result in a maximum cell concentration prior to the fed-batch phase, such as within about 10 hours of the beginning of the fermentation process. In a preferred embodiment, the rate of growth is approximately that resulting from the second fermentation cycle described herein. - Estimated collagenase productivities from the semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel at the harvest point of the second fermentation cycle (
FIG. 5 ), were 132 mg/L for collagenase ABC I and 158 mg/L for collagenase ABC II. Comparing these values with those previously obtained, there is approximately a 3-fold increase in the expression levels using the fed-batch strategy. - The next step was to perform an additional set of fed-batch fermentations using slightly modified fed-batch strategies and media. The aim was to improve the scalability and robustness of the fermentation process.
- The media recipe for this fermentation was the same as above, with the exception that the phytone peptone and the yeast extract in the batch phase were filter sterilised instead of being autoclaved. This was done in order to avoid autoclaving the yeast extract and phytone, which can potentially affect their composition by heat and denaturation of proteins in the media. For fermentation DCFT26b, the amount of yeast extract and phytone peptone was increased. This was done so that the concentration of yeast extract and peptone in the feed was less than that in DCFT26a and thus easier to make up and filter sterilise. For both fermentations the strategy followed was the same, a 6 h batch phase followed by a 14 h fed-batch phase. Tables 3 and 4 present the media recipes, whereas
FIG. 6 the strategy used for both fermentations. -
TABLE 3 Media recipe and fed-batch strategy for DCFT26a Long batch - short fed-batch Concentrations at Component Batch phase Feed harvest point Phytone Peptone 40 g/L 254 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 10 g/L 153 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 7.5 g/L 17.8 g/L 10 g/L Filtered sterilised KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 3.6 L 1.4 L ~5 L -
TABLE 4 Media recipe and fed-batch strategy for DCFT26b Long batch - short fed-batch Concentrations Component Batch phase Feed at harvest point Phytone Peptone 60 g/L 151.4 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 20 g/L 127.1 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 7.5 g/L 17.8 g/L 10 g/L Filtered sterilised KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 3.6 L 1.4 L ~5 L -
FIG. 7 shows the growth curves (OD600 nm vs time) from the two fermentations, whereasFIG. 8 shows the net growth curves (Net OD600 nm vs time). - The growth curves for DCFT26a and DCFT26b were very similar to that of DCFT24b shown in
FIG. 2 . The cells grew slowly during the fed-batch phase and reached a final net OD600 nm of approximately 3.5. - SDS PAGE analysis (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples was carried out for each of the two fermentations (
FIG. 9 andFIG. 10 ). In addition, in order to have a better estimate of the amount of collagenases, a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel was conducted for the harvest sample point of DCFT26a (FIG. 11 ) and DCFT26b (FIG. 12 ). - In both fermentations the levels of collagenases were similar to those in DCFT24b (
FIG. 3 ). The semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel shows that very similar levels to DCFT24b (between 280 mg/L to 300 mg/L total collagenase) were obtained for both DCFT26a and DCFT26b. The harvest point of the DCFT26a fermentation cycle (FIG. 11 ) were ˜142 mg/L for collagenase I and ˜132 mg/L for collagenase II. The harvest point of the DCFT26b fermentation cycle (FIG. 12 ) were ˜147 mg/L for collagenase I and ˜158 mg/L for collagenase II. The levels of clostripain, as in the case of DCFT24b, were still high. - The results from these fermentations indicated that although the levels of collagenases were high using the fed-batch strategy, the levels of clostripain were also still significantly high. Therefore a small scale experimental study was set up to investigate the effect of the ammonium sulphate concentration on the recovered amounts of clostripain and collagenases in the precipitated pellet from the filtered fermentation supernatant.
- In order to evaluate the efficiency of the ammonium sulphate precipitation step, 6×100 mL supernatant samples were harvested from fermentation DCFT26a. These samples were precipitated with 6 different ammonium sulphate concentrations as detailed in the following table. The pellets were re-suspended in 3.3 mL of WFI and dialysed against 100 mM of K2HPO4 (pH 6.7).
-
TABLE 5 Ammonium sulphate concentrations that were used to precipitate 100 mL supernatant samples for DCFT26a. Ammonium sulphate Concentration Percentage saturation (g/L) 15% 100 g/L 22.5% 150 g/L 30% 200 g/L 37.5% 250 g/ L 45% 300 g/ L 60% 400 g/L - The post-dialysed samples were then analysed by SDS PAGE analysis.
-
FIG. 13 : post-dialysed harvest point sample precipitated with 15% and 22.5% -
FIG. 14 : post-dialysed harvest point sample precipitated with 30% and 37.5% -
FIG. 15 : post-dialysed harvest point sample precipitated with 45% and 60% - The gels show that in the case where the ammonium sulphate used was between 15% to 45% saturation, the levels of collagenases in the post-dialysed samples were very low. The recovery in these cases seemed to be less than 5%.
- In the case where 60% saturation of ammonium sulphate was used (400 g/L) the levels of collagenases in the post-dialysed sample were very high (
FIG. 15 ). By comparing the intensity of the bands (sample versus references) it can be estimated that approximately 70 mg/L for each of the collagenases were present in the post-dialysed sample. This suggests a recovery of about 50 to 60%, since according to the semi-quantification gel for DCFT26a (FIG. 11 ) there were approximately 130 mg/L of each of the collagenases in the harvest point sample. - Thus, the invention relates to the use of the media recipe (of course, amounts set forth therein are approximated) set forth above in DCFT26b and the use of ammonium sulphate to precipitate collagenase wherein about 400 g/liter of ammonium sulfate is added to the collagenase-containing medium.
- Here the primary aim was to assess the reproducibility of the developed fed-batch strategy. A fed-batch fermentation was performed which was a replicate fermentation of DCFT26b. In addition, the ammonium sulphate/precipitation steps were investigated in more detail compared to the previous small-scale study. More specifically, the aim was to examine the effect of various ammonium sulphate concentrations, from 60% (400 g/L) up to 80% (530 g/L) on the recovery of collagenases and clostripain in the post precipitated/dialysed samples. In addition, two methods of treating the harvested supernatant samples were also assessed, i.e., shifting the pH and oxygenating the media.
- The media and fed-batch strategy used was exactly the same as DCFT26b.
FIG. 16 shows the growth curve (OD600 nm vs time) and the net growth curve (Net OD600 nm vs time) from the fermentation. The growth curve was very similar to that of DCFT26b, indicating the good reproducibility of the process. - SDS PAGE analysis (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples taken throughout the fermentation indicated that the levels of collagenases and clostripain were very similar to those of DCFT26b (SDS PAGE gel not shown). A semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel (8% Tris-Glycine gel) was performed for the harvest point sample (
FIG. 17 ). The gel suggests that there is higher than 120 mg/L of each of the collagenases present, similar to the levels observed in DCFT26b. - In order to evaluate the efficiency of the ammonium sulphate precipitation step, 7×500 mL supernatant samples were harvested. These were precipitated using the following six methods.
- In all cases, the pellets were re-suspended in 16.5 mL of WFI and dialysed against 100 mM of K2HPO4 (pH 6.7), with the exception of
method 4, where the pellet was re-suspended in 16.5 mL of 100 mM of K2HPO4 (pH 6) and dialysed against the same buffer. SDS PAGE gels were then performed in order to estimate the amounts of collagenases in the post-dialysed samples and evaluate the recovery of the precipitation/dialysis steps. - The methods for precipitation/dialysis followed are the following:
-
- 1 Precipitation with 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added all at once into the supernatant sample. Dialysis against 100 mM of K2HPOr, pH 6.7.
- 2 Precipitation with 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample. Dialysis against 100 mM of K2HPO4, pH 6.7.
- 3 Precipitation with 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample, which was pre-oxygenated. This was done by oxygenating for approximately 10
minutes 500 mL of cell culture harvested from the fermenter. The culture was then filter sterilised. The pellet formed after ammonium sulphate precipitation was dialysed against 100 mM of K2HPO4 pH 6.7. - 4 Precipitation with 400 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample, the pH of which was changed to
pH 6 by adding 5N HCl. The pellet formed after was dialysed against 100 mM of K2HPO4,pH 6. - 5 Precipitation with 440 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample. Dialysis against 100 mM of K2HPO4, pH 6.7.
- 6 Precipitation with 480 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample. Dialysis against 100 mM of K2HPO4, pH 6.7.
- 7 Precipitation with 520 g/L of ammonium sulphate added slowly (about 30 min) into the supernatant sample. Dialysis against 100 mM of K2HPO4, pH 6.7.
- The ammonium sulphate did not completely dissolve when added at 480 g/L and 520 g/L in the supernatant samples, whereas it completely dissolved when added at 400 g/L and 440 g/L.
- The results from the SDS PAGE indicated that the different levels of ammonium sulphate used for the precipitation step (400 g/L, 440 g/L, 480 g/L, 520 g/L) or the other methods used (oxygenation, pH shift) did not seem to have an obvious effect on the amounts of collagenases present in the post dialyzed samples. In all cases, the concentration of each of the collagenases in the post dialyzed samples ranged between 50 mg/L and 60 mg/L.
FIG. 18 a shows a representative SDS PAGE gel, such as that of the post dialyzed sample precipitated with 400 g/L ammonium sulphate. Since all the gels were very similar the other SDS PAGE gels are not presented in this report. - Taking into account the estimated concentrations of collagenases in the harvest point sample (
FIG. 17 ) and in the post dialyzed samples, the recovery of the collagenase after the precipitation/dialysis steps was approximately 50%. In order to investigate whether the value of 50% recovery was accurate, since the error in the estimation of collagenase concentration by SDS gel is in general high, the following SDS PAGE gels were carried out. -
- An SDS PAGE gel of all the supernatants after centrifugation of the ammonium sulphate precipitated samples (
FIG. 18 a). The aim was to assess whether any amount of collagenases is lost into the supernatant. - An SDS PAGE gel in which the harvest point supernatant sample and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate (400 g/L) precipitated sample were appropriately diluted to contain equal amounts of collagenases and loaded on the same gel (
FIG. 19 ). - An SDS PAGE gel in which the harvest point supernatant sample and the post dialysed ammonium sulphate sample (520 g/L) were appropriately diluted to contain equal amounts of collagenases and loaded on the same gel (
FIG. 20 ).
It can be seen fromFIG. 18 b that the amount of collagenases present in the supernatants after centrifugation of the ammonium sulphate precipitated samples was very low. InFIG. 19 andFIG. 20 that the amount of collagenases after the precipitation/dialysis steps appeared to be very similar to that in the supernatant harvest sample. It was therefore likely that the recovery value that was derived by comparing the semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gels of the supernatant and the post-dialyzed samples was actually higher.
Benchmarking Fermentation Experiments with Animal Derived TSB/Proteose:
- An SDS PAGE gel of all the supernatants after centrifugation of the ammonium sulphate precipitated samples (
- Fermentations of C. histolyticum 013 and 004 strains in the media containing animal derived components were performed. The aim was to compare strain 013 to strain 004 and evaluate the effect of the animal components on cell growth, collagenase expression and on the levels of contaminants.
- C. histolyticum 013:
- The lyophilised strain was re-constituted in PBS and plated out onto TSB/Proteose agar plates (30 g/L TSB, 10 g/L proteose peptone, 12 g/L agar. The plates were incubated in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas packs. Single colonies were picked and used to inoculate 5 mL TSB/Proteose media. After 15 hours of incubation at 37° C. the OD600 nm of the culture was approximately 1.0 unit. 5 mL of culture was then mixed with 1 mL of sterile and stored below −70° C.
- Two 5 L batch fermentations were carried out, PBFT58c (strain 004) and PBFT58d (strain 013). Table 6 presents the recipe of the TSB/Proteose media used.
FIG. 21 shows the growth curves obtained (Net OD600 nm vs time). -
TABLE 6 Recipe for TSB/Proteose media Component Concentration Proteose peptone 50 g/L TSB 15 g/L MgSO4•7H2O 0.08 g/L KH2PO4 1.92 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L (Sterile filtered) - It was seen from
FIG. 21 that the strain 013 grew to a higher OD thanstrain 004. In both cases however the final OD600 nm was higher than 2.5, indicating that the animal derived media supported good growth for both strains. - It was noted that strain 013 continued to grow slowly up to the harvest point (20 hours) whereas
strain 004 grew up to a net ODOD 600 nm of approximately 2.7 and then stopped growing. Compared to the fed-batch fermentations presented previously, using the non-animal derived media, the final OD obtained using the animal derived TSB/Proteose media was lower. - The SDS PAGE gels (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the supernatant samples taken throughout the fermentations are shown in
FIG. 22 andFIG. 23 . - There did not seem to be any clostripain in the fermentation supernatants, especially in the case of strain 013. This was a very important finding since it could explain the fact that the originator may not have had issues or reduced issues during the purification of collagenases. In contrast, significant problems with degradation of the collagenases had been previously experienced during the purification process. This could be partly attributed to the presence of clostripain in the fermentation.
- In order to obtain a better estimate of the amount of collagenases present in the fermentations, a semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gel was conduced for the harvest point samples (
FIG. 24 andFIG. 25 ). The gels suggest that lower amount of collagenases was produced in the batch fermentations with the TSB/Proteose media (PBFT58c) compared to the fed-batch fermentation with the vegetable media (PBFT57). This could be attributed to the fact that higher cell densities were obtained in the latter case (OD600 nm˜4 to OD600 nm˜2.7). Table 7 summarizes the results from the semi-quantitative gels. -
TABLE 7 Results from semi-quantitative SDS PAGE gels for PBFT57 and PBFT58c, d PBFT58c PBFT58d PBFT57 (Animal- (Animal-derived, (Animal-derived, free, strain 004) strain 004) strain 013) AUX I (mg/L) 132 88 59 AUX II (mg/L) 142 95 95 Total 274 183 154 - For each fermentation, 2×500 mL harvest point samples were precipitated with 400 g/L (60%) and 520 g/L (80%) ammonium sulphate. The pellets were re-suspended in 16.5 mL of WFI and dialyzed against 100 mM of K2HPO4 (pH 6.7). SDS PAGE analysis (8% Tris-Glycine gels) of the post-dialyzed samples was then performed (
FIG. 26 andFIG. 27 ). - The results from these gels indicated that the levels of clostripain, even in the very concentrated post-dialyzed samples (
lanes FIGS. 26 and 27 ) were extremely low. This is more evident in the case of strain 013 compared tostrain 004. - Thus the invention relates to collagenase compositions which are free of clostripain, such as those produced by the fermentation processes described herein.
- In order to investigate further the role of clostripain an enzymatic assay was set up to measure the clostripain activity of post dialyzed samples. The following method was used:
-
-
- Conditions: T=25° C., pH=7.6, A253 nm, Light path=1 cm
- Method: Continuous Spectrophotometric Rate Determination
- Unit definition: One unit will hydrolyze 1.0 μmole of BAEE per minute at pH 7.6 at 25° C. in the presence of 2.5 mM DTT.
- The clostripain activity assay was used to analyze the post-dialyzed samples from the fermentations with the TSB/Proteose (PBFT58) and the vegetable based fed-batch fermentation (PBFT57). Table 8 summarizes the results.
- The results demonstrate that there was very low clostripain activity in the case of TSB/Proteose fermentations. In contrast the clostripain activity in the case of the fed-batch PBFT58 was very high.
-
TABLE 8 Enzymatic activities of post-dialyzed samples PBFT57 PBFT58c PBFT58d (Animal-free, (Animal-derived, (Animal-derived, strain 004) strain 004) strain 013) Clostripain 56.4* 1.0* 0.1* activity (U/mL) Specific 205.8 5.5 0.7 clostripain activity (U per mg total collagenase) *Clostripain activity determined in the post precipitated/dialyzed sample. - In this work various vegetable peptones were used as alternatives to the phytone peptone. The aim was to evaluate their effect on the levels of expression of the collagenases and clostripain. All the peptones tested are derived from vegetable sources and are marketed by Sigma.
- The experimental procedure used is described in
FIG. 28 . The media recipes are detailed in Table 9, whereas a list of the peptones used is shown in Table 10. A control shake flask was also conducted, containing phytone peptone. In all cases, 50 g/L of yeast extract and 100 g/L of each peptone were used in an effort to mimic the concentrations of these components at the harvest point of the developed fed-batch fermentation (see Table 4). -
TABLE 9 Composition of media used in shake flask experiment. All media were filter sterilised. Vegetable media Component Concentration Alternative Peptone 100 g/L Yeast extract 50 g/L KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Glucose 0.9 g/L - The shake flasks were incubated for 18 hours. The cultures were analyzed for OD600 nm and viable cell counts. The cultures were filtered and the supernatants analyzed by SDS PAGE. The results from the OD600 nm measurements and viable cell counts are summarized in Table 10.
- Most of the vegetable peptones resulted in higher net OD values compared to the phytone peptone. However the OD values did not correlate to the viable cell counts. This could be partly attributed to the variability of the viable cell count method or to the fact that the cells had already started to lyse before the pre-selected harvest point (18 hours).
- Interestingly, the SDS-PAGE gel indicated that there was no expression of collagenase (gel not shown) in all the flasks, including that of the control (phytone peptone). A possible reason for this could be the fact that the concentrations of the phytone peptone and yeast extract used were very high and as a result they repressed the expression of collagenases.
-
TABLE 10 Results from 1st screening experiment Type of peptone Net OD600nm after 18th growth CFU/mL Phytone peptone (control) 2.65 1.2 × 109 Proteose peptone 2.58 7.4 × 108 (vegetable) Tryptone (vegetable) 3.05 4.8 × 108 Vegetable extract 3.22 1.0 × 109 Vegetable extract 13.11 9.6 × 109 Vegetable extract 23.05 7.8 × 109 Vegetable hydrolysate 23.01 8.4 × 109 - Based on information from the previous shake flasks experiments that no expression of collagenases was observed, it was decided to evaluate the alternative peptones using the developed fed-batch strategy.
- Two fed-batch fermentations were conducted, DCFT27a (vegetable extract 2) and DCFT27b (vegetable hydrolyzate 2). In both fermentations the fed-batch strategy that was developed for the media containing phytone peptone was used. Table 11 describes the media recipes, whereas
FIG. 29 the strategy used. -
TABLE 11 Media Recipe for fed-batch fermentations DCFT27a and DCFT27b DCFT27a, b Concentrations Component Batch phase Feed at harvest point Alternative Peptone 60 g/L 151.4 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 20 g/L 127.1 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 7.5 g/L 17.8 g/L 10 g/L Filtered sterilised KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 3.6 L 1.4 L ~5 L - The growth curves (Net OD600 nm vs. time) for DCFT27a and DCFT27b are depicted in
FIG. 30 . In both fermentations, the cells grew to a slightly higher OD600 nm compared to the media containing phytone peptone (fermentation PBFT57,FIG. 16 ). This was in accordance with the viable cell counts (approximately 2×109 CFU/mL for DCFT27a,b compared to 1.5×109 CFU/mL for PBFT57). - As with the shake flask experiments the SDS PAGE analysis indicated that there was no expression of collagenases in both DCFT27a and DCFT27b (gels not shown).
- This could be attributed to the fact that the media, which consists of high amounts of peptone, supports the expression of collagenases when phytone peptone is used, but is too rich when an alternative peptone is used and thus represses the expression of any metabolite, including collagenase and clostripain. It seems that the cells experience luxurious growth conditions in the media containing the alternative peptones and do not need to produce any proteases.
- Batch Fermentations Using Alternative Peptones—PBFT59a,b,c:
- The results from DCFT27a and DCFT27b fed-batch fermentations, led to further work to investigate three additional alternative peptones, however using lower concentrations than previously used.
- Three 5 L batch fermentations were conducted, PBFT59a (vegetable tryptone), PBFT59b (vegetable extract) and PBFT59c (vegetable extract no.1). The fermentations were harvested after 18 hours.
- All peptones were used at concentrations of 50 g/L in an effort to mimic the concentration of the proteose peptone in the animal media (Proteose/Peptone) and the concentration of phytone peptone that was used previously. The media recipe is shown in Table 12.
-
TABLE 12 Media Recipe and fermentation strategy for 5 L fermentations PBFT59a, b, c Component Concentration Alternative Peptone 50 g/L Yeast extract 8.5 g/L Glucose 5 g/L KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/ L Volume 5 L - The growth curves obtained from PBFT59a,b,c fermentations are depicted in
FIG. 31 . In all cases the cells grew to a lower OD600 nm (between 1.8 and 2.8) compared to the DCFT27 fed-batch fermentations. This was also in accordance with the viable cell counts (between 0.7×109CFU/mL to 1.2×109 CFU/mL for PBFT59a,b,c compared to 2×109 CFU/mL for DCFT27a,b). In the media containing tryptone the cells demonstrated the slowest growth rate and achieved the lowest cell density after 18 hours. - As for the shake flask experiment and the DCFT27a,b fed-batch fermentations no collagenase expression was seen in the SDS PAGE gels (gels not shown).
- These results show that the alternative peptones, although they support the cell growth, they do not allow the expression of collagenases. As suggested before this could be due to the fact these peptones are very rich in nutrients, e.g., free amino acids, small peptides.
- As the results from the experiments using the alternative vegetable peptones were not successful the next aim of this work was to investigate the possibility of decreasing the levels of clostripain in the developed fed-batch fermentation using the phytone peptone media. As described previously, the clostripain was probably causing the degradation of collagenases during the purification process.
- A fed-batch fermentation was carried out using the standard phytone peptone media supplemented with three amino acids, i.e., glutamine, tryptophan and asparagine. This fermentation was performed as the concentrations of these particular amino acids were lower in the phytone peptone compared to the animal TSB/Proteose media, based on the amino acid composition of these components, provided by the manufacturers.
- The aim here was to investigate whether addition of these amino acids could reduce any nutrient limitation that may be a contributing factor for the expression of clostripain. The media recipe is shown in Table 13. The fermentation strategy used was the standard fed-batch strategy used for DCFT26 and PBFT57 fermentations (see
FIG. 6 ). -
TABLE 13 Media Recipe for fed-batch fermentation DCFT27d DCFT27d Concentrations at Component Batch phase Feed harvest point Alternative Peptone 80 g/L 151.4 g/L 100 g/L Yeast extract 20 g/L 127.1 g/L 50 g/L Glucose 7.5 g/L 17.8 g/L 10 g/L Amino acids Glutamine 2.8 g/L Filtered sterilised Tryptophan 0.35 g/L Asparginine 0.18 g/L KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L Volume 3.6 L 1.4 L ~5 L - The growth curve obtained from DCFT27d fermentation is depicted in
FIG. 32 . The growth profile obtained was very similar to that obtained for the standard fed-batch fermentation in the absence of amino acids (DCFT26b and PBFT57) shown previously. -
FIG. 33 a shows the SDS PAGE gel of the supernatant samples taken throughout the fermentation. The level of collagenases is similar to that seen for the standard fed-batch fermentation (seeFIG. 10 for SDS PAGE gel from DCFT26b). Although clostripain is still present in the fermentation, it did seem that its level was lower than that in DCFT26b. - In order to investigate this further, the clostripain activity of the post-dialyzed harvest point sample was estimated using the clostripain activity assay. In addition, the clostripain activity of the post-dialyzed harvest point sample taken from the 20 L lyophilization batch was also estimated. Since this particular batch was purified without showing significant collagenase degradation, knowledge of its clostripain activity would be informative. Table 14 summarizes the enzymatic activities of the post-dialyzed samples. It also includes the enzymatic activities for the standard fed-batch fermentation PBFT57 and the animal TSB/Proteose peptone presented in Table 8, for comparative purposes.
-
TABLE 14 Enzymatic activities of post-dialyzed samples DCFT27d PBFT57 Fed-batch PBFT58c Standard fed- plus amino 20 L Lyo Animal TSB/ batch acids batch Proteose Clostripain 56.4 15.2 16.6 1.0 activity (U/mL) Specific 205.8 55.3 184.4 5.5 clostripain activity (U per mg total collagenase) - The results from DCFT27d indicate that the addition of the amino acids reduces the activity of clostripain produced by the strain. The ratio of clostripain to collagenase is approximately four fold lower in the amino acid supplemented fermentation compared to the control fed-batch fermentation. The ratio of clostripain to collagenase in the animal-derived fermentation was ten fold lower than the amino acid supplemented fed-batch fermentation. It is possible that the reduction of clostripain activity may result in significant reduction on the degradation of collagenases during purification.
- A series of 5 L fermentations were conducted to assess several fed-batch fermentation strategies. The strategies were assessed based on their yield of collagenase, quantity of contaminants and scalability. Based on these results an optimum fed-batch strategy was identified that resulted in a productivity of total collagenases of approximately 280 mg/L. The fermentation strategy was modified by slightly increasing the batch media concentration and reducing the fed-batch media concentration to improve its scalability. This change to the fermentation strategy had no effect on the productivity or levels of contaminants.
- The second objective was to optimize the primary recovery step of the collagenases. Optimization of this step involved improvement in the yield of the process step or a reduction in the quantity of contaminants recovered or an increase in scalability. A range of ammonium sulphate concentrations from 100 to 520 g/L were assessed. The effect of lowering the pH to 6.0 and oxygenating the media were also assessed. All ammonium sulphate concentrations below 400 g/L showed very low recoveries of collagenase. No difference in the recovery of collagenase or clostripain was observed in any of the ammonium sulphate concentrations between 400 and 520 g/L. The pellet from the 400 g/L precipitation was the easiest to re-suspend and this concentration was therefore defined as the optimum level.
- A benchmarking experiment was carried out in order to determine and compare the growth and production of collagenases and clostripain in an animal-derived media with C. histolyticum strains 013 and 004. The animal-derived media recipe was taken from the
Process 1 fermentation media, utilizing TSB and protease peptone. This experiment also allowed a comparison ofstrain 004 grown in animal and non-animal media. The results from SDS-PAGE analysis showed that much lower quantities of clostripain from C. histolyticum grown in the animal-derived media. These results were confirmed using an enzymatic assay for clostripain activity. The assay demonstrated a significant reduction in the activity of clostripain in fermentations using the animal-derived media. When the two strains were compared 004 showed a higher clostripain activity than 013. - Selections of alternative nitrogen sources were assessed for their ability to replace the Phytone peptone in the fed-batch fermentation strategy. These peptones were Vegetable Extract No.2 (Sigma, 49869) and Vegetable Hydrolysate No. 2 (Sigma, 07436). The C. histolyticum grew extremely well on the vegetable peptones reaching optical densities (600 nm) of 4 to 5 units. SDS-PAGE analysis of these fermentations showed no expression of either collagenase or clostripain. Due to the luxuriant cell growth observed on these peptones it was thought that the concentration of complex nitrogen source was too high resulting in an inhibition of protease expression. A second set of fermentations was therefore carried out using the alternative peptones at 50 g/L in a batch strategy. Vegetable Tryptone (Sigma, 16922) Vegetable Extract (Sigma, 05138) and Vegetable Extract No. 1 (Sigma, 04316) were used as alternative peptones for these experiments. When the fermentations were analyzed by SDS-PAGE no expression of collagenase or clostripain was seen. A fed-batch fermentation using Phytone peptone was supplemented with three amino acids, glutamine, tryptophan and asparagine. These amino acids were identified as being present in lower amounts in the non-animal media. The growth profile of the fermentation was very similar to that of the fed-batch fermentation without amino acid supplementation. SDS-PAGE analysis showed a similar yield of collagenase but a slightly lower level of clostripain. The clostripain assay showed reduced activity in the amino supplemented when compared to the control fed-batch fermentation. The reduction in clostripain activity whilst still significant was not as great as the difference between animal and non-animal media.
- Throughout this development work the following recipes for the inoculum media were used.
-
Inoculum media - Vegetable Component Concentration Vegetable Peptone 50 g/L Yeast extract 8.5 g/L Glucose 0.9 g/L KH2PO4 1.92 g/L K2HPO4 1.25 g/L Na2HPO4 3.5 g/L NaCl 2.5 g/L Magnesium 0.08 g/ L Vitamin solution 10 mL/L
The media was filter sterilized. - A vial from the internal cell bank was thawed and 0.025 mL was used to inoculate 5 mL of the inoculum media in a 30 mL universal. The 5 mL culture was incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas generators. After approximately 13 to 15 hours of incubation, 4 mL of the culture was used to inoculate 200 mL of the inoculum media in a 500 mL flask. As previously the flask was placed in an anaerobic jar in the presence of anaerobic gas generators. After approximately 13 to 15 hours of incubation at 37° C. and 75 rpm, the whole content of the flask was used to inoculate the fermenter.
- The pH and the temperature of the fermenters were controlled at 7.0 and 37° C., respectively. The nitrogen flow rate was set at 1 L/min (˜0.2 vvm) and the stirrer speed at 100 rpm. The fermenter was sampled at regular time intervals for OD600 nm measurements and viable cell counts. Samples were filtered through a 0.22 μm filter. The filtrates were stored at −20° C. and were frozen at −20° C. for SDS PAGE analysis.
FIG. 33 b depicts a schematic diagram the inoculation procedure. - A preferred recipe for the fed-batch fermentation is set forth below.
-
Component Quantity Batch Phase KH2PO4 2.91 g/L K2HPO4 1.89 g/L Na2HPO4 5.30 g/L NaCl 3.79 g/L Phytone 65.45 g/L Bacto Yeast Extract 21.80 g/L MgSO4 0.12 g/L FeSO4 × 7H2O 18.18 mg/L Riboflavin 0.758 mg/L Niacin 1.52 mg/L Calcium Pantothenate 1.52 mg/L Pimelic acid 1.52 mg/L Pyridoxine 1.52 mg/L Thiamine 1.52 mg/L Volume for 5 L fermentation 3.3 L Fed-batch Phase Glucose 17.86 g/L Phytone 151.43 g/L Bacto Yeast Extract 127.14 g/L Volume for 5 L fermentation 1.4 L - It is also desirable to scale-up the fermentation process further without detracting from the quality or yields of the collagenase products. Thus, the invention further relates to an approximately 200 liter fed batch process as described in the flow chart in
FIG. 33 c. - Samples taken from the shake flasks were diluted by a factor of 10−4 to 10−7 and plated out onto TB agar plates. Plates were incubated at 37° C. for approximately 48 hours in a Genbox Jar. An Anaerobic Gas Generator Pack was used in order to create anaerobic conditions within the Jar. The number of colonies was then counted.
-
- Materials: Sorvall Evolution centrifuge
- Chemicals: Ammonium Sulphate, GPR grade (BDH)
- Supernatant samples (100 mL to 500 mL) were filtered through a 0.22 μm filter. Depending on the experiment various amounts of ammonium sulphate were added (from 15% to 80% saturation). The solution was mixed slowly in a magnetic stirrer for approximately 15 minutes, until all the ammonium sulphate had dissolved. It was then held without mixing for ˜3.5 hours at +2-8° C. Following the hold step, significant amount of precipitate was formed. The solution was then centrifuged at 7,200×g for 20 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant was decanted and the pellet stored at −20° C.
-
- Materials: 10 kDa MWCO SnakeSkin Dialysis Tubing (68100, Pierce)
- Magnetic Stirrer
- Chemicals: Potassium Dihydrogen Orthophosphate AnalaR (BDH)
- Water for Injection (WFI)
- The pellets obtained from a 100 mL ammonium sulphate sample were re-suspended in 3.3 mL of WFI. The re-constituted pellet was transferred into a pre-wetted 10 kDa MWCO SnakeSkin dialysis tubing and dialyzed against 100 mM of K2HPO4 (pH 6.7) for ˜12 to 16 hours at 2-8° C. The WFI was then changed and dialysis continued for 2 to 4 hours. The dialyzed material was recovered and the volume determined. The post-dialyzed sample was stored at −20° C.
-
- Materials: Xcell SureLock Mini-Cell
- Chemicals:
- SDS-PAGE Standards High Molecular Weight (161-0303, Bio Rad)
-
Novex 8% Tris-Glycine gels, 1.5 mm, 10 well (EC6018BOX, Invitrogen) -
Novex 8% Tris-Glycine gels, 1.5 mm, 15 well (EC60185BOX, Invitrogen) - Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Running Buffer (10×) (LC2675, Invitrogen)
- Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Sample Buffer (2×) (LC2676, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE Sample Reducing Agent (10×) (NP0009, Invitrogen)
- Collodial Blue Staining kit (LC6025, Invitrogen)
- Ethylenediaminetetra-acetic acid disodium salt Analar R (BDH)
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 110 μl of sample to 10 μl sample Buffer (2×), 2.5 μl reducing agent (10×) and 2 μl of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM). The high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 10 μl of concentrated stock to 80 μl reducing agent (10×), 310 μl WFI and 400 μl sample buffer (2×). The diluted HMW standard was then heated at 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at −20° C. for use in subsequent gels. Samples (15 μl) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e. with no prior heat treatment) on 8% Tris-Glycine gels using Tris-Glycine running buffer at 130 V for ˜1 hour 50 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturer's instructions.
-
-
Step 1. Ammonium sulfate precipitation of culture media supernatant (secreted protein).- Reconstitution and dialysis into 0.1M potassium phosphate, 0.1M arginine pH6.7
-
Step 2. Hydroxyapatite chromatography (in presence of 200 .mu.M leupeptin) Elute with 0-100% gradient of 0.264M potassium phosphate pH6.7 over 4CV-
Pool 2 late-eluting peaks where A280>A260, load straight onto TMAE
-
-
Step 3. Fractogel TMAE ion exchange (in presence of 200 μM leupeptin) Nucleic acid removal (a Pall MUSTANG Q filter can also be used) Collect and pool unbound flowthrough -
Step 4. Dialysis into 10 mM Tris pH8.0 -
Step 5. Q Sepharose HP ion exchange (in presence of 200 μM leupeptin)- Separates AUXI from AUXII
- Elute with 0-40% gradient of 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 360 mM NaCl pH8.0 over 20 CV
- 2 peaks collected:
Peak 1=AUXII- Peak 2=AUXI
- Arginine added to 0.1M to AUXI and AUXII containing fractions
-
Step 6. AUXI and AUXII pools concentrated by pressurized stirred-cell -
Step 7.Superdex 75 Gel Filtration- Removal of clostripain and gelatinase from AUXI and AUXII
- AUXI and AUXII run individually on separate columns
-
- Samples loaded at 5% CV
- Buffer: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1M Arginine pH8
-
Step 8. The AUXI and AUXII are pooled and concentrated individually, diafiltered into water and then pooled to form the final drug product. -
-
TABLE 15 Column specification for 5 L process Volume Bed height Media (mL) Column (cm) Asymmetry Plates/ meter HA 300 XK50/30 15 1.85 9227 Fractogel 58 XK26/40 10 1.02 5368 TMAE Q 100 XK50/20 5 1.35 19,367 Sepharose Superdex 880 XK50/60 45 1.24 18,644 75-1 Superdex 880 XK50/60 45 1.85 13,576 75-2 -
-
- Columns were packed as manufacturer's instructions where possible.
- TMAE column—no issues were encountered.
- Q Sepharose and
Superdex 75—difficulties were encountered in packing to correct pressure due to size of the column. However, the columns could be run at the recommended pressure. - HA—packed as a 50% slurry and run at 10 mL/min.
Yields/Recoveries from 5 L Process:
-
TABLE 16 Purification from AS ppt to Q-Sepharose IEX Chromatography step yields in bold Protein Total Step Process Concentration Volume Protein Yield Step (mg/mL) Method (g) (mg) (%) Post AS ppt 1.12 Bradford 346.45 388.02 — and dialysis Pre HA 1.08 Bradford 359.85 388.64 — (post-leupeptin addition) Post HA 0.51 Bradford 646.85 329.89 84.88 Pre-TMAE 0.51 Bradford 646.85 329.89 — Post-TMAE 0.51 UV 647.2 330.07 100.05 Post dialysis 0.404 UV 715.0 288.86 87.51 PRE-IEX 0.388 UV 744.0 288.67 — Post IEX 0.454 UV 188.1 85.40 29.58 ABC I (peak 2) Post IEX 0.536 UV 220.7 118.29 40.98 ABC II (peak 1) -
TABLE 17 Purification from Q-Sepharose IEX to Superdex 75 GPC.Protein Total Step Process Concentration Volume Protein Yield Step (mg/mL) Method (g) (mg) (%) Pre-stirred 0.454 UV 188.1 85.40 — cell ABC I Post-stirred 1.901 UV 41.6 79.08 92.6 cell ABC I Pre GPC 1.901 UV 40.6 77.18 — ABC I Post GPC 1.12 UV 60.0 67.2 87.07 ABC I Pre-stirred 0.536 UV 220.7 118.29 — cell ABC II Post-stirred 2.76 UV 45.5 125.58 106.16 cell ABC II Pre GPC 2.46 UV 44.0 108.24 — ABC II Post GPC 1.192 UV 59.3 70.68 65.3 ABC II - Yields from a 5 L process are approximately 60-75 mg each of ABCI and ABCII For the scale up, depending on fermentation, yields of 250-300 mg for 20 L and 2500-3000 mg for 200 L could be expected.
-
-
Column size: 2 × 300 mL in XK50/30 (15 cm bed height each) Buffer A: 0.1M potassium phosphate, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 6.7 Buffer B: 0.264M potassium phosphate, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 6.7 Sample: ~350 mL (in 0.1 M potassium phosphate, 0.1M Arginine pH 6.7) loaded at <1.0 mg/mL media* Flow rate: 9.8 mL/min Elution: 0-100% B over 4 CV -
FIG. 34 shows a chromatogram after hydroxyapatite with a loading of 1.0 mg/L media, wherein a considerable loss of resolution and target degradation occurs. -
-
Column size: 58 mL in XK26/20 (10 cm bed height) Buffer A: 10 mM Potassium Phosphate, 0.2M NaCl, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 6.7 Buffer B: 10 mM Potassium Phosphate, 2M NaCl, pH 6.7 Sample: ~650 mL @ 0.5 mg/mL (in Potassium Phosphate pH 6.7, straight from HA column) loaded at ~5.5 mg/mL media Flow rate: 8.8 mL/min Elution: (100% B to elute nucleic acid) -
FIG. 35 illustrates a chromatogram after Fractogel TMAE anion exchange. The unbound fraction pooled to give ˜650 mL at 0.5 mg/mL. Dialyzed into 10 mM Tris at pH8. -
FIG. 36 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Pre HA, Post HA and Post TMAE material from 5 L scale process. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. -
-
Column size: 100 mL in XK50/20 (5.0 cm bed height) Buffer A: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8.0 Buffer B: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 360 mM NaCl, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8.0 Sample: ~650 mL at 0.5 mg/mL (in 10 mM Tris, pH 8.0 + 200 μM leupeptin) loaded at ~3.0 mg/mL media Flow rate: 18.0 mL/min Elution: 0-40% B over 20 CV -
FIG. 37 illustrates a chromatogram after Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with original elution gradient. Arginine is added to 0.1M to ABCI and ABCII containing fractions.Peak 1 fraction (ABCII) pooled to give ˜220 mL at 0.55 mg/mL which was concentrated by stirred-cell to give ˜45 mL at 2.8 mg/mL. Peak 2 fractions (ABCI, excluding gelatinase shoulder) pooled to give ˜190 mL at 0.45 mg/mL, which was concentrated by stirred-cell to give ˜42 mL at 2 mg/mL. -
FIG. 38 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin for Peak 1 (ABCII). The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. -
FIG. 39 shows a SDS-PAGE gel of Q Sepharose IEX chromatography of post TMAE material run in the presence of leupeptin for Peak 2 (ABCI). The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. - Small scale test of NaCl addition to Buffer A and using a steeper/faster gradient.
- Sample was from a ⅓ 5 L process, post TMAE, previously frozen (−20° C.).
-
Column size: 1 mL Buffer A: 10 mM Tris, 30 mM NaCl, 3 mM CaCl2, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8.0 Buffer B: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 360 mM NaCl, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8.0 Sample: 3 mg post TMAE, post dialysis into 10 mM Tris, 30 mM NaCl, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8.0. Loaded at 3 mg/mL media Gradient: 0-25% B over 2 CV, 25% B for 2 CV, 25-40% B over 7.5 CV -
FIG. 40 illustrates a chromatogram after Q Sepharose HP anion exchange with modified elution gradient. Good separation of ABCI and ABCII is observed. The second part of the gradient can be made steeper to sharpen ABCI peak. Improvement of the peak can also be made using 5 mL CV loaded at 3 and 10 mg/mL media. -
Superdex 75 Gel Permeation Chromatography of ABCII (Peak 1 from IEX) -
Column size: 880 mL in XK50/60 (54 cm bed height) Buffer: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1M arginine, pH 8.0 Sample: ~44 mL (5% CV) at 2.5 mg/mL (in 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, ~60 mM NaCl, 0.1M arginine, pH 8.0) Flow rate: 8.8 mL/min -
FIG. 41 illustrates a chromatogram after superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of ABCII (Peak 1 from IEX). Peak pooled to give ˜60 mL ABC II at 1.2 mg/mL. -
FIG. 42 shows a SDS-PAGE gel ofsuperdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of concentrated ABC II run in the presence of arginine. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. -
Superdex 75 Gel Permeation Chromatography of ABCI (Peak 2 from IEX): -
Column size: 880 mL in XK50/60 (54 cm bed height) Buffer: 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1M arginine, pH 8.0 Sample: ~42 mL (5% CV) at 2.0 mg/mL (in 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, ~60 mM NaCl, 0.1M arginine, pH 8.0) Flow rate: 8.8 mL/min -
FIG. 43 illustrates a chromatogram after superdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of ABCI (Peak 2 from IEX). Peak pooled to give ˜60 mL ABC I at 1.1 mg/mL. -
FIG. 44 shows a SDS-PAGE gel ofsuperdex 75 gel permeation chromatography of concentrated ABC I run in the presence of arginine. The gel is stained with Colloidal blue. -
-
TABLE 18 Process Media Column Media Colume Scale volume type Bed height volume type Bed height HYDROXYAPATITE FRACTOGEL TMAE ⅓ 220 mL XK50/30 ~11 cm 18 mL XK16/20 ~9 cm 5 L 2 × 300 mL XK50/30 ~15 cm 54 mL XK26/40 ~10 cm 20 L 2.4 L (at 1 mg/mL * * 216 mL XK 50/20 ~11 cm load) 200 L 24 L * * 2.2 L * * Q SEPHAROSE HP SUPERDEX 75 ⅓ 65 mL XK26/20 ~12 cm 300 mL XK26/70 ~57 cm 5 L 100 mL XK50/20 ~5 cm 880 mL XK50/60 ~45 cm 20 L 400 mL (at 3 mg/mL * * 4 L * * load) 200 L 4 L (at 3 mg/mL * * 40 L * * load) * Column type and resulting bed height to be further optimized. Media volumes are linear scale up from 5 L scale. -
FIG. 44 b illustrate a 5 L purification process flow scheme. - In yet other embodiments of the invention, the dialysis steps of the purification process described above can be substituted with ultrafiltration/diafiltration (UF/DF) operations using dialysis and stirred cells will be replaced by TFF, tangential flow filtration. The TMAE step discussed above is optional.
- The invention includes the collagenase products that are produced by (or can be produced by) the above purification processes. Such collagenase products possess exceptional high degrees of purity and retained enzymatic activity. For example, the compositions are free of clostripain (e.g., possess negligible or undetectable levels of clostripain).
- In order to support clinical studies and provide a commercial-scale process, optimization of the manufacturing process earlier developed was completed. The process changes are described briefly below, and are outlined in Table 19.
-
TABLE 19 Summary of Process Changes between BTC (Process 1) and Auxilium Supplies (Process 2 and 3) Stage Process 1 Process 2 Process 3 Fermentation Cell line 013 and 004 004 004 and Primary Cell line storage form Lyophilized Frozen liquid Frozen liquid culture Recovery culture Cell bank medium Bovine- Non animal- Non animal-derived derived derived Seed medium Bovine- Non animal- Proteose peptone derived derived (porcine-derived) Seed scale-up strategy 1 WCB vial 2 WCB 1 WCB →1 × 500 mL vials→2 × 30 mL → vials→3 × 25 mL → bottle → 45 L 2 × 500 mL flasks→ 4 × 200 mL flasks→ fermentor 1 × 20 L fermentor 1 × 20 L fermentor→200 L fermentor Production medium Bovine- Non animal- Proteose peptone derived derived (porcine-derived) Production medium Autoclaved Sartoclear In situ media sterilization maxicap and 0.2 μm sterilization and 0.2 filters micron filtration Production strategy Batch Fed-batch Batch Production scale 45 L 20 L 200 L Harvest method 10 μm and Millipore Millipore Millistak 1 μm filter Millistak HC Pod HC Pod filter train Ammonium Sulfate 95% 60% saturation Capture proteins precipitation (AS ppt) saturation using Phenyl Sepharose FF Low Substitution chromatography media Resuspended AS ppt Dialysis Dialysis N/A buffer exchange Temperature control None 2-8° C. solutions 2-8° C. solutions Purification New NA Mustang Q filter Mustang Q filter chromatography/filtration step New chromatography step NA Superdex 75 GPC Elimination of Hydroxyapatite (HA) and GPC HA and Q HP buffer minus 200 μM leupeptin 200 μM leupeptin systems leupeptin Temperature control None 2-8° C. buffers and 2-8° C. buffers and column packings column packings Buffer exchange Pre-Q HP Dialysis Dialysis TFF Buffer exchange Post-Q Dialysis Dialysis NA HP Concentrate/diafilter into Dialysis Dialysis TFF final formulation Scale-up all steps for 200 L NA NA 4.5 times fermentation Formulation Formulation of Drug DS in WFI DS in WFI dilute DS in 10 mM Tris, Substance (DS) dilute w/Lactose 60 mM Sucrose, pH w/Lactose 8.0 - Removal of the bovine-derived raw materials from the original cell bank and fermentation process was carried out.
Strain 004 of Clostridium histolyticum was propagated for use as the master cell bank based on passage viability required for scale-up. The specifications and analytical results for the master cell bank are captured in Table 20. In order to increase biomass and production of collagenase, a fed-batch fermentation strategy was developed utilizing animal-free raw materials in the growth medium at a 20 Liter fermentation scale. Further fermentation scale-up to 200 Liter was observed to require the use of a porcine-derived media component (i.e.,Proteose Peptone # 3, infra) to assure consistent cell growth, collagenase expression, and an improved impurity profile. Subsequent changes were made to increase the yield and purity of collagenase over the downstream process. These changes include the addition of new separation and filtration strategies, as well as scale-up of the production equipment to support the 200 Liter batch fermentation scale.FIG. 45 depicts a flow chart of the fermentation forprocess 3. -
TABLE 20 Analytical Specifications and Test Results for Master Cell Bank Test Specification Result Identity Expected profile, >95% ID Expected profile, 99.9% ID Viable Count ≧1 × 105 cfu/mL on TB agar 1.3 × 107 cfu/mL on TB agar Purity Test No extraneous organisms No extraneous organisms observed observed Colony Morphology Irregular shape, 1-2 mm in Irregular, flat elevation, (anaerobic at 37° C.) size, grey to white color undulate margin 1-2 mm diameter (48 hr), grey, white color Gram Stain Gram positive rods Gram positive rods Phenol Red Dextrose Negative Negative fermentation Hydrogen Sulfide production Positive Positive Gelatinase Test Positive Positive Spore Test Negative Negative on all media Growth in cooked meat media Positive Positive Growth in thioglycollate Growth as finger-like Growth as finger-like media projection projection Motility Test (MIO media) Non-motile Non-motile Bacteriophage None detected No confirmed evidence of phage - Primary Recovery and Purification Optimization
- Further development to optimize the primary recovery and downstream purification process is being undertaken. Substitution of the ammonium sulfate precipitation with phenyl sepharose fast flow low sub column chromatography to capture the collagenases has been implemented to improve yields, eliminate the use of bulk ammonium sulfate and to improve aseptic processing.
- With regards to purification, the Pall MUSTANG Q filter has been implemented for residual DNA and impurity clearance to further enhance yields and simplify the production process train and validation requirements. The Quaternary Amine Sepharose High Performance (Q HP) operating parameters have been optimized to eliminate the Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) step. In addition to the process changes cited above, the drug substance formulation has been modified to include 10 mM Tris, 60 mM Sucrose, pH 8.0, improving both product solubility and drug substance and drug product stability.
- The optimization process took place in two stages. The initial process (Process 2) utilizes an animal-free medium for all cell banking and fermentation stages with the fed-batch fermentation performed at the 20 Liter scale. The downstream process has been adapted from
Process 1 to include MUSTANG Q filtration for residual DNA removal andSuperdex 75 GPC for additional host cell contaminant clearance. Leupeptin has also been added to the chromatography buffer systems to prevent proteolytic degradation.Process 2 material has been bridged analytically withProcess 1 material (Table 21A), and was tested in a side-by-side pre-clinical study outlined herein.Process 2 material has been proposed for use in the early stage of thePhase 3 clinical program. The specifications forProcess 2 intermediates and drug substance are detailed in Tables 22 and 23 respectively. Further process, formulation and lyophilization development provided an optimized manufacturing process (Process 3). These changes include the addition of new separation and filtration strategies, as well as scale-up of the production equipment to support the 200 Liter batch fermentation scale as outlined in Table 19.FIG. 46 depicts a flow chart of the purification forprocess 3. - Declaration of dose: The initial in vitro potency assay was a bovine collagenase assay and did not differentiate collagenase types I and II. This assay was utilized for the material used in the open label, DUPY101 and DUPY 202 clinical studies only, with the 0.58 mg dose typically resulting in a potency of 10,000 Units. Analysis of Process I material utilizing the current separate in vitro potency assays for type I collagenase and type II collagenase typically results in 1,700 to 3,500 Units/dose (0.58 mg dose) for type I collagenase and 43,000 to 69,000 Units/dose (0.58 mg dose) for type II collagenase. Analysis of
Process 2 material utilizing the current in vitro potency assays has confirmed that similar relative potency values compared toProcess 1 material are typically achieved. - Demonstration of analytical comparability between
Process 1 and Process 2: In order to support the changes betweenProcess 1 andProcess 2, comparability data have been submitted in the form of release testing and analytical characterization. These data are presented in Table 21. - Comparison of the intermediates, described as AUX-I and AUX-II, and drug substance from the previous process (
Process 1; Reference) with a process of the invention (Process 2). This analytical comparison shows that material manufactured fromProcess 2 is comparable to that made with Process 1 (Table 21). In particular, the identity, potency and purity between these materials are comparable. - The purity level of
Process 2 intermediates is shown inFIG. 47 , a reduced SDS-PAGE Coomasie stained gel. The gel shows a single band for each intermediate with no other minor bands evident. AUX-I has an apparent MW of 115 kDa and compares with the reference (ABC I), while AUX-11 has an apparent MW of 110 kDa and compares with the reference (ABC II).FIG. 48 shows a reduced SDS-PAGE Coomasie stained gel depicting drug substance. As with the intermediates, drug substance manufactured byProcess 2 compares with the reference (Process 1). A silver stained SDS-PAGE gel is depicted inFIG. 49 further substantiating the high purity level of theProcess 2 drug substance. In summary, the release testing and analytical characterization for the intermediates (AUX-I and AUX-11) and drug substance manufactured usingProcess 2 clearly demonstrates comparability with Process 1 (Reference) materials. Additionally, further release testing was performed onProcess 2 material and is listed in Table 21B. In conclusion, the direct analytical comparison betweenProcess 1 andProcess 2 materials (Table 21), and the further intermediate and release testing (Table 22) indicate thatProcess 2 material is suitable for use in the human studies. Tables 23 and 24 further list the analytical specifications resulting fromProcess 2 manufacturing process. -
TABLE 21 Analytical comparability between (Process 1) and Auxilium (Process 2) intermediates and drug substance. Intermediate Intermediate Drug Drug Substance Test AUX-I AUX-II Substance Specifications Identify by SDS- Conforms to Conforms to Conforms to Major Major PAGE reference reference reference collangenase collangenase (see attached) (see attached) (see band band attached) between between 100-115 kDa; 107-110 kDa; no no minor bands minor bands Rat Tail Tendon 2310 units/mg — 2866 units/mg 1700-3500 units/mg Collagen Assay for Potency (AUX-I) Process 1 2704 units/mg — 2018 units/mg * Reference Potency for — 179704 units/mg 50955 units/mg 43000-59000 units/mg Class II Collagenases (AUX-II) Process 1 — 174045 units/mg 58491 units/mg * Refernce Analysis of 100% main 100% main 100% main ≧99% main peak; ≦1% proteins using peak; 0% peak; 0% peak; 0% aggregates by area the Agilent 1100 aggregates aggregates aggregates HPLC System (Purity and aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) Process 1 87% main 90% main Intermediates * Reference peak; 13% peak; 10% used** aggregates aggregates Analysis of 99% AUX-I; 100% AUX- 100% AUX-I 2 major peaks (AUX I & proteins using 1% AUX-II II and AUX-II AUX II), combined ≧97% the Agilent 1100 by area; Retention times of HPLC System AUX-I and AUX-II within (Identity and 5% reference purity by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Process 1 89.4% ABC- 93% ABC-II; Intermediates * Reference I; 5.4% 0.5% ABC-I; used** ABC-II; 6.5% other 5.2% other Analysis of <1% <1% <1% <1% by area proteins using Aligent 1100 HPLC System (Gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Process 1 <1% <1% <1% * Reference Peptide Mapping Peak pattern N/A Peak pattern Conforms to reference by Tryptic conforms to conforms to Digest and Reference Reference Reverse Phase HPLC N- & C-terminal Sequence Sequence Not required Conforms to reference sequencing identical to identical to Reference*** Reference * Process 1 preliminary specifications not included here **Drug Substance not available for these tests, limited supplies on hand ***N-terminal sequencing completed for AUX-I (identical to reference), but further development required for AUX-II as N-terminus appears to be blocked. -
TABLE 22 Analytical results for Process 2 intermediates and drug substanceIntermediate Intermediate Test AUX-I AUX-II Drug Substance pH of Solution Not required Not required 6.8 Protein by Not required 1.54 mg/mL Not required Concentration by Bradford Assay Total Protein by 1.36 mg/mL 1.39 mg/mL 1.41 mg/mL Absorbance Spectrophotometry Residual Host Not required Not required Band pattern similar Protein to Reference Residual Host DNA Not required Not required 2.9 mg/mL* Endotoxin Not required Not required 8.7 EU/mg Residual Leupeptin Not required Not required 1 μg/mL *Result is at the LOQ of the previous residual DNA method -
TABLE 23 Analytical Specifications for Process 2 AUX-I and AUX-II Intermediates Specification Test AUX-I AUX-II Appearance Clear colorless and free Clear colorless and free from particular matter from particular matter *Endotoxin <10 EU/mL <10 EU/mL Identity (and purity) by Major band between Major band between SDS-PAGE (Reduced conditions, 110-115 kDa, and no 107-110 kDa, and no Coomasie and silver stained) minor bands minor bands *Total Protein by 1.10-1.5 mg/mL 1.0-1.5 mg/L Absorbance Sepctroscopy SRC assay (AUX-I) 1900-3300 units/mg Not applicable GPA assay (AUX-II) Not applicable 4300-6400 units/mg Analysis of Proteins using ≧99% main peak; ≦1% ≧99% main peak; ≦1% the Agilent 1100 HPLC System aggregates by area aggregates by area (Aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) *Analysis of Proteins using ≧97% by area ≧97% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Purity by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using <1% by area <1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using <1% by area <1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual clostripain by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Identity by Peptide Mapping Conforms to reference Conforms to reference Bioburden <100 CFU/mL <100 CFU/mL *Tests required for provisional release of intermediates for further manufacturing -
TABLE 24 Analytical Specifications for Process 2 Drug Substance Specification Test AUX-I AUX-II Appearance Clear colorless and essentially free from particulate matter Potentiometer Measure of 6.0 to 7.0 pH of Solution Endotoxin <10 EU/mL Identity (and purity) by Major collagenase band Major collagenase band SDS-PAGE (Reduced conditions, between 100-115 kDa; no between 107-110 kDa; no Coomasie and silver stained) minor bands minor bands *Total protein by 1.1-1.5 mg/mL Absorbance Spectroscopy *SRC assay (AUX-I) 1700-3500 units/mg NA *GPA assay (AUX-II) NA 43000-69000 units/mg Residual host cell protein <10 ppm Residual host cell DNA <10 pg/dose Analysis of Proteins using ≧99% main peak; ≦1% aggregates by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) *Analysis of Proteins using 2 major peaks (AUX I & AUX II), the Agilent 1100 HPLC System combined ≧97% by area; Retention times of (Identity and purity by AUX-I and AUX-II within 5% of AA4500 reference reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using <1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual clorstripain by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using <1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Residual leupeptin by reverse <1% by area phase chromatography *Bioburden <1 CFU/mL *Tests required for provisional release of Drug Substance for further manufacturing - The fermentation process using Phytone peptone employed during
Process 2 had shown significant variability during both supplies for DSP development and GMP manufacture. - During previous work an animal derived Proteose Peptone had been shown to support the growth of C. histolyticum very well. The animal derived Proteose Peptone culture produced significantly less clostripain than observed during
Process 2 and expressed AUXI and AUXII at a 1:1 ratio. As a result a regulatory acceptable animal derived peptone,Proteose Peptone # 3 from Becton Dickinson (PP3), was evaluated in 5 L fermenters. Initial comparison to the existing Phytone based process (Process 2) showed that using the PP3 at 50 g/L generated a high biomass concentration with a rapid exponential growth rate. The fermentation resulted in a higher product yield of >350 mg/L total collagenase opposed to ˜230 mg/L from Process 2 (by semi quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis). Further fermentations using PP3 demonstrated that significantly less clostripain was produced using the animal derived fermentation medium. The first three fermentations (using one batch of PP3) demonstrated very consistent growth profiles. When the product was analyzed by SDS-PAGE the yield and purity of collagenase was found to be very reproducible between the three fermentations. - To supply DSP with material for process development several fermentations were conducted using PP3. For this supply material three different batches of PP3 were used. It was noted that when two of these batches were used the growth profiles of the cultivations were not consistent with previous PP3 fermentations and demonstrated variability in the growth profile between fermentations. A small scale investigation showed that batch to batch variability in the PP3 caused this variation. The small scale study also demonstrated that an increase in the PP3 concentration to 100 g/L would prevent this variation.
- Two 5 L fermentations were conducted with 100 g/L PP3 using two batches of the peptone, one that resulted in the typical growth profile and one which did not (as demonstrated during the small scale experiment). The experiment showed that the increase in concentration ensured that the two fermentations with different batches of PP3 were reproducible. The growth profiles were highly similar and the product was expressed at a similar yield and purity.
- The optimized fermentation process utilizing 100 g/L PP3 was finally scaled to 200 L. The 200 L growth profile was very similar to that seen at 5 L scale. SDS-PAGE analysis of the fermentation filtrate showed a high yield from the 200 L fermentation, ˜320 mg/L total collagenase (by quantitative densitometry analysis). The purity of the collagenase product (post fermentation) was similar at both 5 L and 200 L scale. 20 L of the 200 L fermentation filtrate was processed by the DSP group to represent a partial scale-up for the downstream process (infra).
- The
Proteose Peptone # 3 fermentation process (Process 3) generated collagenase with a higher yield and with less clostripain than the existing Phytone process. At 100 g/L PP3 was shown to yield C. histolyticum cultivations with reproducible growth curves despite using various batches of PP3. Both the yield and purity of collagenase were also shown to be reproducible when using various lots of PP3. - Evaluation of
Proteose Peptone # 3 as a Raw Material for Production of Collagenase from Clostridium histolyticum. - Due to the variability observed in fermentations utilizing Phytone peptone as a complex nitrogen source the suitability of Proteose Peptone #3 (Becton Dickinson, 212230) (PP3) was evaluated in 5 L fermentations. A simple batch strategy with 50 g/L PP3 was used. The exact medium composition can be found in the materials and methods section.
-
FIG. 51 compares the growth curve of the 50 g/L PP3 (a lower concentration than the Phytone concentration in Process 2) fermentation to the Phytone fed-batch fermentation. The PP3 cultivation demonstrates a very rapid specific growth rate during exponential growth before entering stationary phase approximately 8 hours after inoculation. The PP3 fermentation reached a maximum optical density (600 nm) of 4.7 units. The culture was left for a further 12 hours in stationary phase to monitor product formation/degradation. -
FIG. 52 shows SDS-PAGE semi-quantitative analysis of the concentration of the collagenase products from the 20 hour point of the PP3 cultivation.FIG. 53 shows the same analysis for the Phytone fed-batch process. It can be observed that the PP3 fermentation generates more product than the Phytone based process (an increase from 230 mg/L to 360 mg/L total collagenase, based on the semi-quantitative analysis inFIGS. 52 and 53 ). The PP3 culture also expressed AUXI and AUXII at a 1:1 ratio, whereas theProcess 2 produced the two proteins at a 1:1.6 ratio. - The reproducibility of the PP3 batch process was further examined using lot #5354796 of
Proteose Peptone # 3. All three runs illustrated inFIG. 54 demonstrate consistent growth profiles with a maximal optical density (600 nm) of approximately 4.5 obtained after 8 hours. - Semi-quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis of the harvest points of the fermentation showed that yield of total collagenase to be ˜350-400 mg/L.
- The harvest point of the fermentation was also evaluated during this study. The fermentations were harvested at 8, 11 and 20 hours.
FIGS. 55 and 56 show SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of PP3 fermentation GCFT05d (harvested at 11 hours). The gel depicted inFIG. 55 has been stained with colloidal blue and the gel inFIG. 56 has been silver stained. A third higher molecular weight band can be observed above the two collagenase bands on the gels inFIGS. 55 and 56 . It is thought that this band corresponds to an AUXI precursor protein reported in the literature. The precursor band is present during the exponential growth phase. At the end of exponential growth the precursor band decreases in intensity and is not present after 11 hours (in GCFT05d). The main lower molecular weight contaminants can be seen on the silver stained gel at approximately 90, 60, 55, 45 and 40 kDa. It must be noted that these contaminants are present at a low level and are only clearly detected on the silver stained gel. The optimal harvest point for the fermentation was determined to be ˜11 hours at this stage of development.FIG. 57 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of samples from the time course of a standard Phytone fed-batch fermentation. A 40 kDa contaminant can be observed on the gel inFIG. 57 . This 40 kDa contaminant band from the Phytone fed-batch process was identified as the protease clostripain. By comparing the gels inFIGS. 55 and 57 it is possible to determine that the quantity of clostripain produced using the PP3 fermentation process is significantly lower than the Phytone based fermentation. - To support downstream process (DSP) development several fermentations were conducted using 50 g/L PP3. During these fermentations two different lots of PP3 were used (5332398 and 5325635).
FIG. 58 depicts the growth curves of these fermentations (shown in diamond) compared to a fermentation (shown in square) using lot #5354796 (GCFT05d). The fermentations with the new batches of PP3 display highly varied growth profiles. Although the initial growth rates of the cultures are all very similar, the point at which they enter stationary phase and therefore the maximum biomass concentrations differ considerably. The optical densities (600 nm) in the inoculum cultures showed very little variation (OD600 of 5 mL stage; 2.9-3.6 units, OD600 of 200 mL stage; 4.5-5.9 units) and no reduction from previous inocula using PP3 lot #5354796. The variation and reduced optical density (600 nm) only manifested itself in the final (fermentation) stage of the cultivation. This suggests that reason for the variation was a nutrient limitation in the PP3 and the quantity of the limiting nutrient varied between batches of PP3. - Although these fermentations were successfully used for DSP development and SDS-PAGE analysis showed that there was not a huge variation in the quantity of collagenase produced (350-400 mg/L total collagenase based on semi-quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis, data not shown) it was decided that it was still critical to investigate the reason for the variation. The variation in the growth profile would make it very difficult to predict a harvest point of the fermentation. There were also concerns that nutrient limitation may induce expression of other proteases as seen with the Phytone fed-batch process and specifically the protease, clostripain.
- Investigation Into the Variation Between Batches of
uroteose Peptone # 3. - Initial work with PP3 had demonstrated a highly robust process with a higher product yield and lower levels of the protease clostripain. When new batches of PP3 were employed it was observed that the process robustness decreased significantly with highly variable growth profiles. A shake flask experiment was conducted to directly compare the three batches of PP3 used so far (lots 5354796, 5325635 and 5332398). The experiment replicated the two stage inoculum process from the 5 L process but replaced the final fermentation phase with another 200 mL culture. Having this third stage was critical, as the variation was only observed in the final fermentation stage of the process in previous experiments. The optical densities (600 nm) of the cultures were measured at each transfer stage and the cultures were used to inoculate the next stage. Media was prepared using the three batches of PP3 at 50 g/L. One of the two batches that had resulted in lower biomass concentrations of C. histolyticum during 5 L experiments (lot#5332398) was also prepared at 100 g/L.
-
FIG. 59 shows the results from the small scale experiment. It can be observed that lot 5325635 and 5332398 showed reduced optical densities (600 nm) in the third stage of approximately 2.5 units, these were deemed to be “poor” batches of PP3. Lot 5354796 maintains an optical density (600 nm) of 5 units in the third stage of cultivation, this was deemed to be a “good” batch of PP3. Interestingly when the concentration of a “poor” batch of PP3 (5332398) was increased to 100 g/L the same optical density (600 nm) was achieved in the second and third stage of the cultivation. This data does support the theory that the deviations in growth profiles are caused by variation in the quantity of a limiting nutrient between batches of PP3. It was not possible to identify this nutrient by analytical testing of the batches of PP3. - Evaluation of
Proteose Peptone # 3 at 100 g/L in 5 L Fermentation - The results of the small scale study demonstrated that increasing the concentration of PP3 from 50 to 100 g/L removed the issue of batch to batch variability. This process change was tested at 5 L scale using a “good” and “poor” batch of PP3 (lot 5354796 and 5325635, respectively) as determined during the small scale investigation into PP3 variability.
FIG. 60 shows the growth profiles of the two fermentations. The two cultures show identical specific growth rates during the exponential phase. The fermentation enter stationary phase and reach very similar maximal optical densities (600 nm) of approximately 6.5 units. This data demonstrates that increasing the concentration of PP3 alleviates the issue of batch to batch variability of the PP3. Due to the higher biomass concentration achieved and longer exponential phase in the fermentation harvest point was extended to 12 hours. -
FIGS. 61 and 62 show SDS-PAGE analysis of the two fermentations utilizing 100 g/L PP3. The gels demonstrate consistent expression of collagenase in both fermentations. The samples from both fermentations appear to contain similar levels of contaminant described inFIG. 56 , although PBFT70d appears contain slightly more of the 40 kDa band (clostripain). It is possible that these small differences are due to staining or loading differences. Again the quantity of clostripain produced using the PP3 process is significantly lower than the Phytone process. The precursor band appears to persist longer into the time course of the fermentation. It was recommended that future fermentations at 100 g/L should be extended to a 14 hour harvest. The presence of the precursor band highlights the importance of the harvest point definition and its qualification during process validation. -
FIG. 63 displays data from densitometry analysis of the gel inFIG. 61 . The chart compares product and precursor formation (densitometry peak area) to cell growth (OD600). Product formation appears to be consistent with cell growth and the rate of production decreases as the cultivation enters stationary phase. The precursor band decreases in intensity as exponential growth ends but is still present at the harvest point of the fermentation. - Following the increase in the PP3 concentration to 100 g/L the process was scaled to 200 L. To generate the required quantity of inoculum for the 200 L vessel a third inoculum stage was introduced using a 15 L working volume fermenter. 3×200 mL cultures were used to inoculate the 15 L fermenter and following 12 hours of
growth 8 L of the 15 L were inoculated into the 200 L vessel.FIG. 64 compares the growth curve of the 200 L fermentation to the two 5 L fermentation using 100 g/L PP3. As recommended the growth profile was extended to 14 hours to ensure that the precursor band had completely disappeared before processing began. The growth profile of the 200 L fermentation is very similar to the fermentation at 5 L scale, demonstrating successful scale up of the cultivation. -
FIG. 65 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of the time course of the 200 L fermentation. The gel shows product formation during the course of the fermentation. The material at the 14 hour harvest point contains no detectable pre-cursor and very low levels of contaminants. The product generated from the 200 L fermentation appears very similar to that produced from the 5 L process, indicating that the increased generation number of the 200 L process has not had a detrimental effect.FIG. 66 displays data from densitometry analysis of the gel inFIG. 64 . - The chart compares product and precursor formation (densitometry peak area) to cell growth (OD600). Product formation appears to be consistent with cell growth and the rate of production decreases as the cultivation enters stationary phase. The precursor band decreases in intensity as exponential growth ends. The precursor band decreases in intensity more rapidly in the 200 L fermentation than the 5 L cultivation, PBFT70c (
FIG. 63 ).FIG. 67 shows SDS-PAGE analysis using a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel on the 200 L fermentation time course. The approximate molecular weights of the detected contaminants are annotated on the gel. - The harvest process (clarification by filtration) developed for
Process 2 was evaluated during the 200 L scale up fermentation. The cell culture was successfully clarified using the existing process with no blockage of the filter train. The harvest process is described in the materials and methods section. 20 L of filtrate from the 200 L fermentation was processed by DSP to demonstrate a partial scale up of the downstream Process 3 (infra). - A more accurate and quantifiable method was required to determine product concentration during the upstream process step than the semi-quantitative SDS-PAGE analysis (
FIGS. 62 and 63 ). The fermentation filtrate has a high quantity of pigment and peptides from the growth medium that makes standard protein quantification techniques such as UV and the Bradford assay unusable. The semi-quantitative analysis carried out previously was modified and updated by carrying out densitometry analysis of the Coomassie stained gels. The method involved loading a range of quantities (0.2-1.2 μg/lane) of mixed AUXI and AUXII reference material and dilutions of the sample to be quantified onto a Tris Glycine gel. The scanned image was then analyzed and the peak area for estimated for the standards and the samples. A standard curve was then constructed (total collagenase) and used to quantify the amount of total collagenase in the sample dilutions.FIG. 68 shows an example of a collagenase standard curve and highlights the linearity of the quantification method within the anticipated range of the samples. The Tris Glycine gels did not completely resolve AUXI and AUXII therefore the total collagenase was quantified rather than attempting to separately quantitate the two proteins. - The quantity of collagenase was analyzed for PBFT70c, PBFT70d and the 200 L scale-up fermentations. The quantity was found to be ˜280-350 mg/L total collagenase for all three fermentations.
- The phosphates for the inoculum preparation (table 25) were autoclaved in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes. The bulk media (table 26) was initially heated in a microwave to 60° C. to fully dissolve components before autoclaving in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes. The PSA 1 (table 27) was filtered through a 0.2
μm Sartopore 2 150 cm2 filter into a 250 mL sterile bottle. The 300 mL autoclaved phosphates, 600 mL autoclaved bulk media and 100 mL sterile filteredPSA 1 were pooled before aliquoting into 30 mL gamma irradiated universals (8×5 mL) and 500 mL Erlemneyer flasks (4×200 mL). -
TABLE 25 Phosphate composition for inoculum preparation Component Quantity required KH1PO4 1.92 g K2HPO4 1.25 g Na2HPO4 3.5 g NaCl 2.5 g Deionised Water Up to 300 mL -
TABLE 26 Bulk medium composition for inoculum preparation Component Quantity required Proteose Peptone # 350 g or 100 g* Yeast Extract 8.5 g Deionised Water Up to 600 mL *Medium recipe includes PP3 at 50 and 100 g/L. -
TABLE 27 PSA 1 Magnesium/Glucose composition for inoculum preparationComponent Quantity required MgSO4 × 7H2O 0.08 Glucose 5 g Vitamin solution 10 mL Deionised Water Up to 100 mL -
TABLE 28 Vitamin solution for inoculum preparation Component Quantity required FeSO4 × 7H2O 1.2 g Riboflavin 50 mg Niacin 100 mg Calcuim Pahtothenate 100 mg Pimelic acid 100 mg Pyridoxine 100 mg Thiamine 100 mg Deionised Water Up to 1 litre - The phosphate solution for the 5 L scale (table 29) was autoclaved in a 1 L bottle at 121° C. for 20 minutes. The bulk medium (table 30) was added directly to the 5 L vessel and autoclaved at 121° C. for 20 minutes. The PSA 1 (table 31) was filtered through a 0.2
μm Sartopore 2 150 cm2 filter into a 500 mL sterile bottle. The 250 mL phosphate solution and 200mL PSA 1 was separately pumped into the 5 L vessel on completion of autoclaving and cooling of the vessel. -
TABLE 29 Phosphate composition for 5 L fermentation Component Quantity required KH1PO4 9.22 g K2HPO4 6 g Na2HPO4 16.8 g NaCl 12 g Deionised Water Up to 250 mL/278.35 g -
TABLE 30 Bulk medium composition for 5 L fermentation Component Quantity required Proteose Peptone # 3240 g or 480 g* Bacto Yeast Extract 40.8 g Deionised Water Up to 4.35 L *Medium recipe includes PP3 at 50 and 100 g/L. -
TABLE 31 PSA 1 Magnesium/Glucose composition for 5 L fermentationComponent Quantity required MgSO4 × 7H2O 0.38 g Glucose 24 g Vitamin Solution 48 mL Deionised Water Up to 200 mL/200 g -
TABLE 32 Vitamin solution for 5 L fermentation Component Quantity required FeSO4 × 7H2O 1.2 g Riboflavin 50 mg Niacin 100 mg Calcium Pantothenate 100 mg Pimelic acid 100 mg Pyridoxine 100 mg Thiamine 100 mg Deionised Water Up to 1 litre - The phosphate solution (table 33) was filtered through a 0.21
μm Sartopore 2 300 cm2 filter into a sterile 2 L bottle. The bulk medium (table 34) was added directly to the 20 L vessel prior to Steam-In-Place (SIP) sterilization of the vessel. The PSA I (table 35) was filtered through a 0.2μm Sartopore 2 300 cm2 filter into a 1 L sterile bottle. The 750 mL phosphates and 600 mL PSA I were separately pumped into the 20 L vessel on completion of SIP and cooling of the vessel. -
TABLE 33 Phosphate composition for 15 L fermentation Component Quantity required KH2PO4 27.66 g K2HPO4 18 g Na2HPO4 50.4 g NaCl 36 g Deionised Water Up to 750 mL/835.05 g -
TABLE 34 Bulk medium composition for 15 L fermentation Component Quantity required Proteose Peptone # 31.44 kg Bacto Yeast Extract 122.4 g Deionised Water Up to 13.05 L -
TABLE 35 PSA 1 Magnesium/Glucose composition for 15 L fermentationComponent Quantity required MgSO4 × 7H2O 1.14 g Glucose 72 g Vitamin Solution 144 mL Deionised Water Up to 600 mL/600 g -
TABLE 36 Vitamin solution for 15 L fermentation Component Quantity required FeSO4 × 7H2O 1.2 g Riboflavin 50 mg Niacin 100 mg Calcium Pantothenate 100 mg Pimelic acid 100 mg Pyridoxine 100 mg Thiamine 100 mg Deionised Water Up to 1 litre - The phosphate solution (table 37) was filtered through a 0.2
μm Sartopore 2 300 cm2 filter into a Gammasart Biosystem SA10 10 L bag. The bulk media (table 38) was added directly to the 200 L vessel prior to SIP sterilization of the vessel. ThePSA 1 solution (table 39) was filtered through a 0.2cm 300 cm2 filter into a Gammasart Biosystem SA10 10 L bag. The 10 L phosphates and 8L PSA 1 were separately pumped into the 200 L vessel on completion of SIP and cooling of the vessel. -
TABLE 37 Phosphate composition for 200 L fermentation Component Component 4 × Fermenters KH2PO4 368.8 g K2HPO4 240 g Na2HPO4 672 g NaCl 480 g Deionised Water Up to 10 L/11.134 kg -
TABLE 38 Bulk medium composition for 200 L fermentation Component Quantity required Proteose Peptone # 319.2 kg Bacto Yeast Extract 1.632 g Deionised Water Up to 174 L -
TABLE 39 PSA 1 Magnesium/Glucose composition for 200 L fermentationComponent Quantity required MgSO4 × 7H2O 15.2 g Glucose 960 g Vitamin Solution 1.92 L Deionised Water Up to 8 L/8 kg -
TABLE 40 Vitamin solution for 200 L fermentation Component Quantity required FeSO4 × 7H2O 2.4 g Riboflavin 100 mg Niacin 200 mg Calcium Pantothenate 200 mg Pimelic acid 200 mg Pyridoxine 200 mg Thiamine 200 mg Deionised Water Up to 2 L/2 kg -
FIG. 69 illustrates overviews of the process flows for the Phytone and PP3 fermentation processes at 5 and 200 L scale. - A vial of the WCB (2005#1019D) was thawed and 50 μL aliquots were used to binoculate 8×5 mL of inoculum media in 30 mL gamma irradiated universals. The 5 mL cultures were incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of 3 anaerobic gas packs. After approximately 12 hours of incubation (OD600 3.0-4.0) 2×5 mL cultures were selected and used to inoculate 2×200 mL inoculum media in 500 mL Erlenmeyer flasks. The two flasks were placed together in an anaerobic jar with 3 gas packs and were incubated at 37° C. in a shaking incubator (70 rpm) for 12 hours. After 12 hours of incubation (OD600 6.0-7.0) each 200 mL inoculum was used to inoculate a 5 L vessel.
- The working volume of the 5/7 L vessels FT Applikon vessels was 5 L of which 4% (v/v) was inoculum from the 200 mL stage. The agitation rate was set at 100 rpm. The pH, dO2 and temperature were controlled at 7.00 units, 0% of saturation and 37° C. respectively. The pH was controlled with additions of either HCl (5M) or NaOH (5M). The dO2 concentration was maintained at 0% by continuous sparging of nitrogen, with a flowrate of 1 L/min. Samples were taken during the fermentation and filtered through 0.2 cm filters before storing at −20° C. for analytical purposes. The fermentations began to enter stationary phase at an OD600 of 6.0-7.0. After 12 hours the fermenter was cooled to 10-20° C. before commencing harvest recovery.
- A vial of the WCB (2005#1019D) was thawed and 50 μL aliquots were used to inoculate 8×5 mL of inoculum media in 30 mL gamma irradiated universals. The 5 mL cultures were incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic jar in the presence of 3 anaerobic gas packs. After approximately 12 hours of incubation (OD600 3.0-4.0), 4×5 mL cultures were selected and used to inoculate 4×200 mL inoculum media in 500 mL Erlenmeyer flasks. Two flasks were placed together in anaerobic gas jars with 3 gas packs and left to incubate at 37° C. in a shaking incubator (70 rpm) for 12 hours. After 12 hours of incubation (OD600 6.0-7.0) three of the four flasks were pooled together and used to inoculate the 20 L vessel.
- The working volume of the 20 L vessels was 15 L of which 4% (v/v) was inoculum from the 200 mL stage. The agitation rate was set at 100 rpm. The pH, dO2 and temperature were set at 7.00 units, 0% and 37° C. respectively. The pH was controlled with additions of either HCl (5M) or NaOH (5M). The dO2 concentration was maintained at 0% by continuous headspace sparging of nitrogen, with a flowrate of 20 L/min.
- After 12 hours of growth in the 20 L vessel (OD600 6.0-7.0), 8 L of culture were used to inoculate the 200 L vessel. The running conditions were identical to the 20 L scale. The final optical density (600 nm) at harvest was 6.0-7.0. After 14 hours the fermenter was cooled to 10-20° C. before commencing harvest recovery.
- The 5 L cultures were pumped with a flow rate of 5 L/h through a Millistak+10″ Opticap depth filter (Millipore, KCOHC10FFI) and 0.2
μm Sartopore 2 300 cm2 filter into sterile 250 mL bio-containers. The processed material was either stored at −20° C. or stored at 4° C. overnight before processing by DSP. - The 200 L harvest was performed using a filtration harvest train. The culture was pumped with a flow rate of 200 L/h through a Milistak+(MCOHC 1 OFS1) disposable depth filter with a filtration area of 4×1 m2 followed by two 0.2 μm Express Opticap XL filters, 2×0.49 m2 (Millipore, KHGES 10TT1). The process time for primary clarification was 1 hour. An additional 10 min was allowed at the end of the harvest to retrieve residual product held up in the filters. The clarified supernatant was collected in a 200 L Stedim Palletank with the filtrate weight recorded. 20 L of filtrate was passed through a MUSTANG Q high affinity DNA column with a flowrate ˜6 L/min and collected into two sterile 20 L stedim bags, prior to storage at 4° C. overnight.
- The spectrophotometer was blanked using PBS at
wavelength 600 nm. Fermentation samples were diluted by factors of 10, 20 or 100 (dependent on cell density) using PBS. 1 mL of each diluted sample was transferred into a 1 mL cuvette; the top was sealed and inverted 5 times before recording triplicate optical density readings at a wavelength of 600 nm. - Fermentation samples were filtered through 0.2 μm filters before preparing them for SDS-PAGE analysis. 10 μl of filtered sample was added to 1011 sample buffer (2×), 2.5 μl reducing agent (10×) and 2 μl of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM). The high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 101 of concentrated stock to 80 μl reducing agent (10×), 310 μl WFI and 400 μl sample buffer (2×). The diluted HMW standard was then heated to 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at −20° C. for use in subsequent gels. 15 μL of fermentation sample and 10 μL of HMW marker were run on 8% Tris-Glycine gel using pre-cooled (4° C.) Tris-Glycine running buffer at 130 V, 400 mA and 100 W for ˜1 hour and 50 minutes. After electrophoresis, the gels were immersed in 100 mL colloidal blue stain reagent (55 mL WFI, 20 mL methanol, 5 mL stainer A, 20 mL stainer B) and left to stain for 5 h on an orbital shaker at 60 rpm. Gels were de-stained with 200 mL WFI. The gel was left in WFI for 15-20 h until excess stain was removed after which the gel was scanned and dried according to the manufactures instructions
- The fermentation samples were prepared for SDS-PAGE analysis by adding 101 of 0.2 μm filtered sample to 4 μl sample buffer (4×), 1.5 μl reducing agent (10×) and 1.7 μl of 0.1 M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM). 15 μL of fermentation sample and 101 μL of
Mark 12 marker were run on a 4-12% Bis-Tris gel and run using MES running buffer at 200 V, 400 mA and 100 W for ˜40 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were immersed in a 100 mL fixing solution (40 mL dH2O, 50 mL methanol, 10 mL acetic acid) for 10 minutes before replacing with a 95 mL staining solution (55 mL dH2O, 20 mL methanol, 20 mL stainer A) for a further 10 minutes. 5 mL of stainer B was added to the staining solution and the gels were left to stain for 5 h on an orbital shaker at 60 rpm before de-staining with 200 mL WFI. The gel was left in WFI for 15-20 h until excess stain was removed after which the gel was scanned and dried according to the manufactures instructions. - The first 20 L scale run-through of a newly developed process (Process 3) for the purification of collagenases from Clostridium histolyticum, which was modified from
Process 2 performed to GMP at 20 L scale. Significant process changes were introduced in the development ofProcess 3 in order to make the purification more robust and more amendable to scale up and subsequent process validation. One significant factor in facilitating this process change was in the choice of fermentation component.Process 2 had been based on the requirement to maintain a phytone based fermentation media whereas forprocess 3 proteose peptone No. 3 was use. The process run-through is split into the key steps of the down stream purification and the collagenases AUXI and AUXII. These include the treatment of the fermentation filtrate using a MUSTANG Q capsule, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, tangential flow filtration step 1 (denoted TFF1), anion exchange chromatography and tangential flow filtration step 2 (denoted TFF2). AUXI and AUXII co-purify in the initial steps of the purification and are only separated during the anion exchange chromatography step (performed using Q-Sepharose HP media). AUXI and AUXII are then processed separately and formulated. The intermediates are then mixed in a 1:1 ratio (based on protein content determined by UV) and filtered to form the drug substance. In developingprocess 3, key steps associated withprocess 2 were removed. Notably the ammonium sulphate precipitation step, two chromatography steps (hydroxyapaptite and gel permeation chromatography) and all −20° C. hold steps were eliminated. The use of un-scaleable steps such as stirred cells and dialysis were also removed and replaced with tangential flow filtration (TFF). The issue of product instability, which was evident in process 2 (and eliminated the use of TFF), was not apparent in the 20 L scale run ofprocess 3. The contaminant profile associated withprocess 3 was however different toprocess 2 in which clostripain and gelatinase had been major components. Most notably a 40 kDa, 55 kDa and two 90 kDa contaminants (one co-purifying with AUXI and the other with AUXII) were detected by SDS-PAGE. As a result of these new contaminants, some of the QC assays (such as RPHPLC and SEC-HPLC) were of limited use since they did not resolve allprocess 3 impurities. The inability to utilize established QC assays for in-process purity determination, resulted in the need to define a method for establishing which material form the QSepharose column was suitable for further purification. This was required since the contaminants were not clearly resolved from the AUXI and AUXII products on the QSepharose column and it was therefore necessary to collect eluted material in discrete fractions, which could be analyzed retrospectively. Analysis was performed by SDS PAGE and the pooling decision for the 20 L run-through was based on experience of the relative staining intensity of impurity to product using a standardized 1 μg load. Retrospective densitometry analysis of SDS-PAGE enabled the pooling criteria to be described based on relative percent product purity. Further densitometry analysis using material from the 200 L demonstration run enabled a standardized method to be established as well as an approximation of assay variation. This led to an agreed procedure for the pooling of in-process fractions to be implemented in the first GMP campaign. - In addition to the process description, preliminary work describing a buffer stability and in-process sample stability study is presented along with initial characterization of some of the impurities associated with
Process 3. -
Process 3 differed fromprocess 2 in three main areas. Firstly, the ammonium sulphate precipitation step and hydroxyapatite chromatography steps were removed; secondly, the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) step was eliminated and thirdly, all buffer exchange steps were performed by tangential flow filtration. The precipitation step was replaced by the use of hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) at the client's recommendation. Development of this step resulted in the successful implementation of HIC for (i) product capture (thereby serving as a concentration step) and (ii) some protein and pigment contaminant removal. The HIC step was also subsequently shown to reduce levels of dsDNA. As a result of the process development program, the introduction of - HIC and inclusion of a MUSTANG Q filter step removed the need for both the ammonium sulphate precipitation step and the hydroxyapatite chromatography step. The overall effect was to simplify the up front capture of product and to remove a potential hold step associated with
Process 2. This latter point had significance in that previously the fermentation could be assessed prior to down stream purification since the pellets resulting from the precipitation step could be held at −20° C. prior to processing. - Following the HIC step, product was buffer exchanged using tangential flow filtration (TFF). This was performed using 30 kDa molecular weight cut off (MWCO) membranes and replaced the dialysis procedure used for
Process 2. Aggregate contamination, which when present was detected as AUXII-derived, appeared to be removed during the anion exchange chromatography step (IEX). As a result, the GPC step was eliminated since both AUXI and AUXII intermediates were within specification for aggregates following IEX. Finally, the final concentration and formulation of the AUXI and AUXII intermediates was performed using TFF instead of the previous method of utilizing stirred cells. - Overall,
Process 3 represented a simpler process that was more amenable to scale up and validation thanProcess 2. In addition, the reduction in consumable cost was apparent by the elimination of the need for hydroxyapaptite and gel permeation media and by the reduced number of steps requiring leupeptin. An overview of the purification scheme forProcess 3 is given inFIG. 46 . -
Process 3 was performed at 20 L scale in the process development laboratories in order to demonstrate if material of suitable quality could be generated using this modified process at 20 L scale. A key requirement for processing was the ability to limit potential protease activity by performing steps chilled wherever possible and by the inclusion of the cysteine protease inhibitor leupeptin at key stages in the procedure. A full 20 L of fermentation filtrate was processed since the feedstock was generated from 200 L fermentation PP3. Details of the fermentation and subsequent harvest and filtration are documented in a separate report. - Following 0.2 μm filtration, approximately 22 L of fermentation supernatant was loaded onto a MUSTANG Q chromatography capsule as described previously. Some visible pigment contamination (green/brown) appeared to be removed by the MUSTANG Q capsule during the filtration of the first 10 L since the contents of the first 10 L Stedim bag appeared visibly less pigmented than the second. The ability of the MUSTANG Q capsule to remove dsDNA was monitored across this step by pico green analysis of pre and post MUSTANG Q filter samples (Table 41). In process analysis indicated that unlike previous data generated at small-scale, bulk nucleic acid removal was not evident at the MUSTANG Q filter step. The robustness and application of this step therefore requires further investigation.
-
TABLE 41 Sample description Result ng/ml Fermentation filtrate 230.65 Post Mustang Q 216.53 Post HIC 1.02 Post TFF 6.34 Post IEX Aux I 2.33 Post IEX Aux II 3.41 - The use of HIC served three functions in the purification. Firstly, the product was reduced in volume since conditions were identified in which collagenases bound to the resin. Secondly, some pigment and protein contaminant was removed at this stage and thirdly, pico green analysis from this run indicated reduction of dsDNA. The HIC step was performed using supernatant processed directly from the fermentation (after MUSTANG Q treatment) and, as a result a hold step, (evident in
Process 2 as the ammonium sulphate pellet) was no longer present forProcess 3. - In order to provide conditions for collagenases to bind to the HIC column, product (20 L) from the MUSTANG Q filter step was diluted with a 3M-ammonium sulphate solution to a final concentration of 1M. After filtration, product was loaded onto the column and eluted using a 2-step isocratic elution.
- The protein concentration of the HIC load material was difficult to determine accurately and was estimated in two ways. Firstly, a Bradford assay was performed on the material prior to ammonium sulphate addition. This was performed with undiluted material in order to standardize the contribution from pigment present in the fermentation media, which was known to interfere with the assay. Secondly, the estimate was based on volume of fermentation media loaded per mL of column resin. The column load was estimated to be 5.9 mg of total protein/mL resin by Bradford assay or alternatively ˜13 mL of fermentation media per mL of resin. An estimate of the total amount of target protein eluted from the column was determined as 3.4 g using UV (see Table 42). Assuming that the total protein present in the HIC load was 9 g (Bradford assay), this equated to a 38% recovery. This value was only regarded as a relative measure, however, due to the inaccuracy of the assay for the samples containing fermentation media components.
- An alternative method for estimating the HIC load concentration was determined using densitometry although it was recognized that this estimation would give a collagenase content rather than estimate of total protein (which could vary between fermentations). Using this approach, the total collagenases were estimated as 360 mg/L with an approximate ratio of AUXI to AUXII estimated as 40:60. Using this data, the total collagenase expected in the HIC load would be 7.2 g giving a step yield of 47%.
- The chromatogram resulting from the HIC step is shown in
FIG. 70 . Visible pigment was apparent in the flow-through as well as bound to the column. After washing the column with equilibration buffer to remove the flow-through contamination,peak 1 was eluted using an intermediate concentration ammonium sulphate solution (0.3M). - This peak was shown to contain protein contaminants although some AUXII was also eluted at this stage (
FIG. 71 ). This loss in product was expected and had been noted previously. In order to minimize the amount of product lost, without compromising purity, the elution volume forpeak 1 removal was set at 5 column volumes.Peak 2, containing the majority of the product, was then eluted using buffer with no ammonium sulphate. Peak 2 was collected as a single pool with the chromatography method programmed so that collection began after 3/4 of a column volume of elution buffer had been applied to the column. Collection was then terminated after a total of 4 column volumes had been collected. In order to minimize potential proteolysis in the product at this stage in the process, leupeptin was added to the post HIC eluate and the material held at 2-8° C. The hold time for the post HIC eluate was of 2 day duration. - TFF using 30 kDa membranes was introduced following the HIC in order to reduce the volume of product (5-fold) and to exchange the buffer into conditions suitable for binding to the anion exchange column. Of particular importance was the sufficient reduction in ammonium sulphate such that the conductivity of the IEX load sample was <1.8 mS. The diafiltration buffer was chilled and leupeptin added prior to use to reduce the likelihood of proteolysis. No loss in protein was estimated over the course of this step (>100% recovery) although this may reflect the inaccuracy in protein concentration estimation at this stage in the process due to the presence of pigment in the pre TFF1 material. Approximately 97.5% of the total protein (3325 mg) was recovered in the retentate with an additional 204.8 mg recovered in the first membrane rinse (infra). Filtration of the total protein from the combined retentate and rinse was performed at the end of the TFF step prior to holding the material overnight at 2-8° C. SDS-PAGE analysis indicated no significant differences were detected before and after the TFF step (
FIG. 71 ). - The Q-Sepharose column was loaded at a maximum capacity of 5 mg total protein per mL resin. As a result, not all of the available material from the TFF step was utilized in this step (see Table 421). The Q-Sepharose column resolved AUXI and AUXII collagenases as expected (
FIG. 72 ). The start of AUXII elution began at approximately 13.6% B (where buffer A=10 mM Tris, 0.2mM leupeptin pH 8 and buffer B=Buffer A+360 mM NaCl) which equated to a post column conductivity of 5.7 mS. Fractions (100 mL) were collected throughout the elution of AUXII until the absorbance value dropped to 25% of the peak height (550 mAU). A small peak was eluted at approximately 8 mS (20.3% B) following AUXII elution. In-process analysis of this peak from previous small-scale experiments indicated this to be AUXII derived aggregate material. The start of AUXI elution was at approximately 27% B (which equated to 10.4 mS). As before, 100 mL fractions were collected until the absorbance dropped to the required 25% value (190 mAU). - Each AUXI and AUXII fraction collected was analyzed by SDS-PAGE and subjected to densitometry (
FIGS. 73-76 ). Densitometry was performed retrospectively, so the decision on fraction pooling was based on experience of the levels of contaminant visible by Colloidal blue staining. In consultation with Auxilium, fractions 6-12 were pooled for the AUXII product and fractions 19-26 pooled for AUXI. The step yields and protein concentrations present in the material pooled from the Q-Sepharose run are included in table 42. - SDS-PAGE analysis of the post IEX AUXI and AUXII products from the 20 L demonstration run (
FIGS. 77 and 78 ) showed few contaminants visible by SDSPAGE. In addition, the contaminants detected were in accordance with previous small-scale experiments although there were noted differences in the resolution of the contaminants, which appeared to be more defined (i.e. separate peaks or shoulders) in the small-scale model. These contaminants were also different to those identified forProcess 2 in which clostripain and gelatinase had been major components. As a result, the QC protocols developed forProcess 2 were not optimized for the detection of the new contaminants associated withProcess 3. - Retrospective densitometry of the pooled material estimated the purity at 95.1% for AUXI and 99.4% for AUXII. Currently, however the purity specification of ≧97% is specified by RP-HPLC and no final product specification has been established using densitometry.
- The separated AUXI and AUXII products from the Q Sepharose column were processed separately by TFF using a 30 kDa membrane. This step was required to; (i) remove/reduce leupeptin in the final product (ii) formulate the intermediates into the correct buffer (10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose pH 8) and (iii) to achieve the required target protein concentration of 0.9-1.1 mg/mL. A total of 799 mg (˜683 mL at 1.17 mg/mL) of AUXII and 860 mg (796 mL at 1.08 mg/mL) of AUXI was concentrated to a target concentration of 1.75 mg/mL. This theoretical concentration was based on the calculated reduction in volume required assuming no loss of product during the concentration step. Diafiltration was then performed into the required formulation buffer, the membranes washed with the minimum volume of the TFF system (˜250 mL) and the full amount combined with the concentrate to achieve the required target concentration of 0.9-1.1 mg/mL. A total of 819.5 mg AUXII (at 1.03 mg/mL) and 797.0 mg of AUXI (at 1.09 mg/mL) were available after filtration. In both cases, the majority of product was recovered in the retentate and was estimated as 95.4% (762 mg) for AUXII and 83.1% (715 mg) for AUXI. The additional material provided by the membrane rinse was estimated as 153 mg and 89.6 mg for AUXII and AUXI respectively.
- Approximately 200 mg of each intermediate was combined to give 400 mg of the drug substance. This was then filtered and approximately 26 mg provided to QC for testing. The QC results for AUXI, AUXII intermediates and the drug substance are provided in Table 43. All tests on the drug substance and AUXII intermediate passed the required specification. The test for potency of the intermediate AUXI however, was not within the specified range although all other tests passed. With the exception of the AUXI potency result, these data indicated that
Process 3 was capable of generating material of the required specification when purified at the 20 L scale. - As well as QC testing, material from the 20 L demonstration run was utilized for method validation at KBI BioPharma, Inc. At the client's request, 200 mg of drug substance was shipped on dry ice to KBI for drug substance and drug product methods validation. The latter testing was performed after lyophilization of the drug substance at KBI. In addition, 25 mg of each intermediate was supplied to KBI for validation of analytical methods.
- The individual step yields for the 20 L demonstration run are given in table 42. An extrapolation of the data in which all the available material had been loaded onto the Q-Sepharose column indicated that the maximum total amount of available drug substance from this process run-through was 1.6 g (assuming no loss of material through retains). This equates to an approximate overall process yield of 17.8% based on the initial estimate of 9 g (using the Bradford assay) for the amount of total protein available to load onto the HIC column. With the limitation on the load for the Q-Sepharose column, a maximum of 1.4 g of drug substance was available from the current run-through if all the available intermediate had been mixed to form the drug substance.
-
TABLE 42 Protein conc. Amount Total protein Step Process step (mg/mL) (weight/volume) (mg) yield Fermentation — 200 KL — — Pre Mustang Q — 22 L Post Mustang Q 0.45 22 L 9000 (Bradford) HIC load 0.30* 30 L 9000 100 (theo- retical) HIC peak 20.56 6101.7 mL 3416.95 38 (after leupeptin) Pre-TFF1 0.54 6317.7 mL 3411.6 100 Post TFF 2.55 13.78.5 3512.2 >100% (with wash1 and post filtration) Q load 2.55 1216 mL 3100.8 100 (5 mg/mL resin) Q AUXII pool 1.17 682.8 mL 798.88 25.8 Q AUXI pool 1.08 796.4 mL 860.11 27.7 Pre TFF2 1.17 682.80 mL 798.88 100 AUXII Intermediate 1.03 795.6 g 819.47 >100 AUXII (post filtration) Pre TFF2 1.08 796.40 mL 860.11 100 AUXI Intermediate 1.09 731.2 g 797.01 92.7 AUXI (post filtration) *calculated based on dilution factor after ammonium sulphate addition -
TABLE 43 Drug Substance Intermediate AUXI Intermediate AUXII Test Method (AXS2006A0754H) (AXS2006A0745H) (AXS2006A0745H) Appearance of Solution QC SOP Clear, colourless with 2-3 Clear, colourless and free Clear, colourless with 2-3 001 small exogenous fibres from Particluate matter small exogenous fibres 1 mm in length (AK/1573/121) 1 mm in length (AK/1573/121) (AK/1573/121) Potentiometic QC SOP 7.6 Not required Not required measurement of pH 002 (FR/1598/098) Endotoxin QC SOP <0.5 EU/ml <0.5 EU/ml 0.136 EU/ml Determination 018 (AS/1597/128) (AS/1597/128) (AS/1597/128) Identity by SDS-PAGE QC SOP Major collagenase bands Major collagenase bands Major collagenase bands Coomassie Stained 103 between 107 and 110 kDa between 107 and 115 kDa between 107 and 110 kDa and 110 and 115 kDa (AS/1597/133) (AS/1597/133) (AS/1597/133) Total Protein by QC SOP 1.04 mg/mL 1.11 mg/mL 0.90 mg/mL Absorbance 144 (AS/1597/106) (AS/1597/106) (AS/1597/106) Spectrophotometry Rat Tail Tendon QC SOP 2326 1483 Not required Collagen Assay for 105 (1700-3500) (1900-3300) Potency (AS/1597/124) (AS/1597/124) (OOS/Keele/2006/0038) Reference 2097 2097 (2014-3440) (2014-3440) Potency for Class II QC SOP 57677 GPA units/mg Not Required 119552 GPA units/mg Collagenases 106 (50000-90000) (79000-170000) (AS/1597/111) (AS/1597/111) Reference 69523 GPA units/mg 69523 GPA units/mg (58000-95000) (58000-95000) Host Cell Protein QC SOP <LOD Not Required Not Required Assay 107 (FR/1589/108) Host Cell DNA Assay External NewLab Not Required Not Required Analysis of proteins QC SOP 100% main peaks 100% main peaks 100% main peaks using the Agilent 1100 109 (47.70% AUX-I, 52.30% 0% aggregates 0% aggregates HPLC System (identity AUX-II) (AK/1573/122) (AK/1573/122) and purity by size (AK/1573/122) exclusion chromatography) Reference AUX-I 100% AUX-I 100% AUX-II 100% AUX-II 100% Analysis of proteins QC SOP 48.89% AUX-I 99.14% AUX-I 0.39% AUX-I using the Agilent 1100 109 50.99% AUX-II 0.37% AUX-II 99.35% AUX-II HPLC System (identity 0.12% Others 0.49% Others 0.26% Others and purity by size (AK/1573/125) (AK/1573/125) (AK/1573/125) exclusion chromatography) Reference AUX-I 93.29%, AUX-II AUX-I 93.29%, AUX-II 4.96%, AUX-II 100% 4.96%, Others 1.13% Others 1.13% AUX-II 100% Analysis of proteins QC SOP 0.3% Gelatinase 0.4% Gelatinase 0% Gelatinase using the Agilent 1100 109 (AK/1573/131) (AK/1573/131) (AK/1573/131) HPLC System (Gelatinase By anion exchange chromatography) Reference AUX-I 0% Gelatinase AUX-I 0% Gelatinase AUX-I 0% Gelatinase AUX-II 0% Gelatinase AUX-II 0% Gelatinase AUX-II 0% Gelatinase Peptide Mapping by QC SOP Not Required Tuesday Tuesday Tryptic Digest and 110 Reverse Phase HPLC Residual Leupeptin QC SOP Not detected Not Required Not Required 141 <0.5% w/w (AK/1573/136) Bioburden QC SOP 0 cfu/5 mL 0 cfu/5 mL 0 cfu/5 mL 223 (JM/1505/115) (JM/1505/114) (JM/1505/112) - During the 20 L demonstration run, samples were taken at key process points. As the demonstration run was performed as a continuous process (with no hold steps) an attempt was made to assess the stability of in-process material during the hold times anticipated for GMP batches. The extended run duration expected for GMP was recognized due to the requirement to obtain equipment clearance data between process steps. In-process material was held at 2-8° C. for approximately the duration expected for the GMP manufacture. In addition samples were held for an extended time representing twice that expected for the GMP campaign. A description of the samples taken, along with the respective hold times is given in table 44. The processing times for the 20 L demonstration run are represented in table 45. All samples were submitted to QC for SDS-PAGE, RP-HPLC, SEC-HPLC and UV analysis (
FIGS. 79-83 ). - Overall, the results showed no detectable deterioration in the product over the first hold point with respect to purity (as determined by RP-HPLC), degradation (as detected by 8% Tris-Glycine SDS-PAGE) and aggregation (as determined by SECHPLC). Some of the assays, however, were recognized to be limiting since low molecular mass components would not be detected by 8% SDS-PAGE and the RPHPLC assay had not been developed to detected the 40 kDa, 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants associated with
Process 3. Some assays were also less relevant for crude samples such as the use of UV and SEC-HPLC in the fermentation samples. Despite these limitations, the only detected change in product profile was identified for the second hold point (day 12) for the AUXII in-process sample taken from the Q-Sepharose column. This showed an increase in aggregate level betweenday 5 andday 12 although this increase was only from 0 to 0.62%. - A second stability study was performed on the in-process retains which were taken at the point of manufacture during the 20 L demonstration run and stored at −20° C. In this study, samples were thawed and incubated at room temperature and at 37° C. and monitored by 4-12% SDS-PAGE analysis to allow the full molecular mass range of contaminants to be evaluated (
FIGS. 84-88 ). These data demonstrated that the samples prior to Q-Sepharose anion exchange were vulnerable to degradation. Following separation of the collagenases AUXI and AUXII (by the Q-Sepharose column), the samples appeared to be relatively stable and looked comparable to the time zero samples by SDS-PAGE. - Taken together, both studies indicate that providing the temperature is maintained between 2-8° C., in-process material is not expected to deteriorate during processing over the hold times investigated. This gives a level of confidence that the use of leupeptin and temperature control is sufficient to restrict levels of product degradation during processing over the durations anticipated in GMP.
-
TABLE 44 Duration held at 2-8° C. before Storage, Sample freezing Volume Retain Container Fermentation Filtrate DAY 4 1 × 2 mL −70° C. Bag DAY 5 1 × 2 mL Post Mustang Q DAY 4 1 × 2 mL −70° C. Bag Post HIC DAY 3 1 × 2 mL −70° C. Bag DAY 6 Post TFF DAY 2 1 × 2 mL −70° C. Bag DAY 4 Post IEX AUX I DAY 5 2 × 1 mL −70° C. Biotainer DAY 12 2 × 1 mL Post IEX AUX II DAY5 2 × 1 mL −70° C. Biotainer DAY 12 2 × 1 mL AUX I Intermediate DAY 6 2 × 1 mL −70° C. Biotainer DAY 12 2 × 1 mL AUX II Intermediate DAY 6 2 × 1 mL −70° C. Biotainer DAY 12 2 × 1 mL -
TABLE 45 20 L demonstration Process Step run Fermentation Harvest Day 1 Mustang Q Day 1 HIC Day 2 TFF 1Day 5IEX (Q-Sepharose) Day 6TFF2 (AUXI) Day 7TFF2 (AUXII) Day 9DS mixing Day 12 - Buffer samples illustrated in table 46 were reserved from the 20 L demonstration and retested after storage at 2-8° C. The pH, conductivity, temperature and appearance of the buffers were noted at the time of completion and after 12-13 days storage. The results of this study are given in table 47. Small differences were observed in the values for pH and conductivity but this may be due to differences in temperature between the original buffers and the tested retains. In particular, the HIC buffers showed the largest variation in conductivity and temperature. As a result, future studies on buffer stability should include specification of an accepted temperature range for recording all parameters. In all cases, the buffer retains were clear in appearance at time zero and after the required hold time.
-
TABLE 46 BUFFER CONSTITUENTS HIC A 10 mM Tris, 1.0M Ammonium Sulphate, pH 8.0 HIC A2 10 mM Tris, 0.3M Ammonium Sulphate, pH 8.0 HIC B 10 mM Tris, pH 8.0 DIAFILTRATION 10 mM Tris, 200 μm Leupeptin, pH 8.0 IEX A 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl.sub.2, 200 μm Leupeptin, pH 8.0 IEX B 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl.sub.2, 200 μm Leupeptin, 360 mM NaCl pH 8.0 IEX SCRUB 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl.sub.2, 1.5M NaCl pH 8.0 FORMULATION 10 mM Tris, 60 mM Sucrose pH 8.0 3.0 M AMMONIUM 10 mM Tris, 3.0M Ammonium Sulphate SULPHATE STOCK pH 8.0 -
TABLE 47 Repeat pH and testing of pH Number Original conductivity and cond. of Date Date of of days buffer pH of retain retain Buffer Buffer prepared testing elapsed and cond. samples samples appearance HIC A 2 May 15 May 13 days pH 7.98 pH 8.10 pH 7.89 Clear 2006 2006 127.6 mS 137.5 mS 134.9 mS@ @17.8° C. @15.8° C. 22.0° C. HIC A2 02 May 15 May 13 days pH 8.03 pH 8.05 pH 7.85 Clear 2006 2006 52.7 mS 49.7 mS@ 49.6 mS@ @18.5° C. 15.1° C. 22.0° C. HIC B 02 May 15 May 13 days pH 8.06 pH 7.78 pH 7.81 Clear 2006 2006 0.699 mS@ 0.879 mS 0.842 mS 19.4° C. @16.7° C. @22.1° C. Diafiltration 02 May 15 May 13 days pH 8.05 pH 7.70 N/A Clear buffer 2006 2006 0.668 mS 0.793 mS @19.2° C. @18.2° C. IEX A 03 May 15 May 14 days pH 8.00 pH 7.69 N/A Clear 2006 2006 1.585 mS 1.646 mS @20.3° C. @18.2° C. IEX B 03 May 15 May 14 days pH 8.00 pH 7.87 N/A Clear 2006 2006 34.6 mS 37.6 mS @19.4° C. @18.8° C. IEX Scrub 03 May 15 May 14 days pH 8.00 pH 7.95 N/A Clear 2006 2006 105.2 mS 122.9 mS @19.0° C. @18.3° C. Formulation 03 May 15 May 14 days pH7.97 pH 7.89 N/A Clear 2006 2006 0.735 mS 0.987 mS @18.5° C. @19.1° C. 3.0M AS 03 May 15 May 14 days pH7.95 pH 7.96 N/A Clear Stock 2006 2006 251.0 mS 255 mS @16.5° C. @19.9° C. 3.0M AS 04 May 15 May 15 days pH 8.00 pH 7.97 N/A Clear Stock 2006 2006 224.0 mS 254 mS @14.6° C. @20.4° C. - Three main impurities were detected for
Process 3 by SDS-PAGE analysis. These appeared to be co eluted with the AUXI and AUXII collagenases and were only resolved by fractionation of the peaks eluted from the Q-Sepharose column. The contaminants were assigned by their apparent molecular mass on SDS-PAGE as 40 kDa, 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants. Fractions with elevated levels of a particular contaminant were submitted for N-terminal sequencing after excision of the band from SDS-PAGE. - Sequence analysis was successful for both the 55 kDa and 40 kDa contaminant isolated from the 20 L demonstration run. The N-terminus of the 55 kDa contaminant band associated with AUXI (Lanes 1-5;
FIG. 89 ) was shown to match a region of the Col G sequence for collagenase AUXI whereas the 40 kDa contaminant band from AUXII (Lanes 6-10;FIG. 89 ) was identical to a region of the Col H sequence for collagenase AUXII. A previous attempt was made to sequence the 90 kDa band associated with both the AUXI and AUXII products (FIG. 90 ). Sequencing of the 90 kDa contaminant associated with the AUXI product was successful in that identity was correlated with the N-terminus of the AUXI sequence. In contrast, it was not possible to obtain a complete sequence for the 90 kDa contaminant associated with AUXII, which suggested that the two 90 kDa contaminants were different products. - The main contaminants associated with
Process 3 appeared to be product related and were either identified as N-terminally cleaved products of AUXI (55 kDa) and AUXII (40 kDa) or a C-terminally cleaved product of AUXI (90 kDa). As these contaminants were different to those identified inProcess 2, the QC assays utilized for the specification of the intermediates and drug substance did not resolve the new contaminants as the assay development had originated aroundProcess 2. In particular, the standard purity assay (RP-HPLC) could not be used to detect levels of the 40 kDa and 55 kDa contaminants. - The 40 kDa, 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants associated with
Process 3 were identified and resolved by SDS-PAGE. These contaminants were clearly detected in fractions eluted from the Q-Sepharose column and appeared to elute at the leading and trailing edges of the peak profile (seeFIGS. 72-76 ). The decision for which fractions were included or excluded for further purification was based on experience of the relative intensity of staining for contaminants and product on Colloidal blue stained gels. In order to make this a less subjective estimation, densitometry was utilized to determine specific pooling criteria for fractions following the Q-Sepharose step. Densitometry was used in preference to the current QC assay for purity (RP-HPLC) since this assay could not resolve the new contaminants associated withProcess 3. - Densitometry Data from Post Q Fractions from the 20 L Demonstration Run
- The densitometry values from 2 separate analyses of the post-IEX fractions were averaged and are shown in table 48. Fractions 1-12 and the last 25% (tail) of
peak 1 contain AUXII and the associated contaminating proteins of 40, 75 and 90 kDa. Fractions 13-27 and the last 25% (tail) ofpeak 2 contain AUXI and the associated contaminants of 55 and 90 kDa. The pools of the fractions selected, based on SDS-PAGE without densitometric analysis, are highlighted. -
TABLE 48 Relative percentage (%) Fraction of band Intensity number AUX II 40 75 90 1 55.9 44.1 0 0 2 57.8 42.2 0 0 3 68.0 32.0 0 0 4 83.2 16.8 0 0 5 93.3 6.7 0 0 6 98.3 1.7 0 0 7 100 0 0 0 8 100 0 0 0 9 100 0 0 0 10 98.1 0 0.7 1.2 11 94.2 0 1.9 3.9 12 94.3 0 2.2 3.5 tail 92.3 0 3.6 4.1 AUX I 55 90 13 80.4 12.4 7.2 14 77.8 15.3 6.9 15 75.7 19.1 5.2 16 74.5 20.8 4.7 17 77.9 17.5 4.6 18 82.0 13.7 4.3 19 87.8 9.7 2.5 20 93.1 3.7 3.2 21 94.1 3.0 2.9 22 92.4 2.8 4.8 23 94.7 0.9 4.4 24 95.8 0.1 4.2 25 93.6 0.1 6.2 26 91.5 0.0 8.4 27 90.0 0.1 9.8 tail 88.6 0.5 10.8
Densitometry Summary Documents from Post Q Fractions from the 200 L Demonstration Run - Post IEX fraction from the 200 L engineering run have been analysed multiple times to establish a pooling criteria that can be documented in the IEX BMR for the GMP campaign. This pooling criterion is based on the assumption that (i) the quality of material generated from the engineering run is appropriate for the GMP material and (ii) the approximation of the densitometry method is acceptable. If the aim is to generate material of higher quality in the GMP campaign, the specification for pooling criteria will need to be revised.
- Specification for Pooling from the IEX
- In total, the samples from the 200 L engineering run have been analyzed 6 times (2 operators and 3 repeats of each gel) and the average data presented in table 49. The fractions that were pooled for the engineering run are highlighted in red.
- From this analysis, the following pooling criteria can be established:
- (i) Any fraction of purity greater than or equal to 88.5% can be pooled
- (ii) Any fraction with a single impurity greater or equal to 10% cannot be pooled
- (iii) Fractions to be pooled must be from consecutive fractions.
- (iv) The calculated theoretical purity of the pool should be:
- Greater than or equal to 93% theoretical purity for AUXI
- Greater than or equal to 96% theoretical purity for AUXII
- This last point was based on the estimates from the 200 L engineering run in which the total protein in available fractions was estimated (although one limitation was that not all fractions were present for UV analysis for the AUXI). The data from this analysis is presented in table 50.
- **NOTE: from these criteria,
fraction 7 for AUXII peak would now be excluded. - From the data of the post IEX fractions from the 200 L engineering run, the following level of accuracy has been estimated:
- (i) for the product (AUXI and AUXII) the % CV had been calculated as 2.1% (AUXI) and 2.3% (AUXII). Therefore the purity specification of 88.6% for pooling could be in the range 86.3-90.9%.
- (ii) for the impurities, the % CV is much greater and the range has been estimated as 18.5%-33.7% depending on the impurity. Consequently, the purity specification of excluding fractions with a single impurity of no greater than 10% could be for fractions with an actual impurity range of 6.63-13.37%. Therefore the value for the purity of the product (and not the impurities) is the most reliable value for pooling specification.
- Densitometry analysis of the final material (DS and intermediates) for the 200 L engineering run has also been determined by densitometry and is as follows:
- AUXI=96.0% (3.1% of 90 kDa contaminant)
- AUXII=98.7% (1.2% of 90 kDa contaminant)
- DS=97.6% (2.1% of 90 kDa contaminant)
- (Note: This is the range determined for a single SDS-PAGE analysed 3 times by 3 different operators.)
- Over the course of the repeat analysis, the densitometry method has been standardized to minimise error between operators and variation between gels and will be documented in an SOP. Most notably:
-
- (i) The standard loading of total protein in each lane of the gel will be 1 Hg.
- (ii) A maximum of 16 fractions will be selected for analysis from each of the product peaks (AUXI and AUXII). This will limit the number of gels for densitometry analysis to 4.
- (iii) The 16 fractions selected will start at the last fraction to be collected for each peak and work forward consecutively. This is to ensure accuracy in the figure calculated for the average purity (since all fractions to be pooled are likely to be included).
-
TABLE 49 Average relative quantities of product and impurities in the post IEX fractions from the 200L Engineering run, as determined by densitometry analysis. The fractions pooled are highlighted in red. Quantity Relative quantity (%) Fraction # loaded (μg) Product 40 90 80 55 AUXI (peak 2) 3 1 88.91 0 7.43 0 3.66 4 1 85.81 0 7.28 0 6.91 5 1 84.57 0 6.78 0 8.65 6 1 80.41 0 6.96 0 12.63 8 1 80.00 0 5.46 0 14.54 9 1 80.61 0 5.53 0 13.86 10 1 88.53 0 4.20 0 7.27 11 1 90.43 0 4.19 0 5.39 13 1 94.68 0 4.35 0 0.97 14 1 94.10 0 4.95 0 0.96 15 1 93.93 0 5.18 0 0.89 16 1 93.57 0 5.83 0 0.60 18 1 92.03 0 7.97 0 0 19 1 91.40 0 8.60 0 0 20 1 90.30 0 9.70 0 0 21 1 90.14 0 9.86 0 0 Quantity Relative quantity (%) AUXII (peak1) loaded (mg) Product 40 90 80 55 3 1 68.48 21.55 9.97 0 0 4 1 55.51 36.80 7.69 0 0 5 1 55.90 36.73 4.96 2.41 0 6 1 67.59 25.09 4.53 2.79 0 7 1 80.70 12.33 4.41 2.55 0 8 1 87.61 5.18 4.58 2.62 0 9 1 100 0 0 0 0 10 1 100 0 0 0 0 11 1 100 0 0 0 0 12 1 100 0 0 0 0 13 1 95.59 0 2.92 1.49 0 14 1 93.56 0 4.12 2.31 0 15 1 91.90 0 5.05 3.05 0 16 1 91.45 0 4.88 3.67 0 17 1 89.95 0 5.57 4.48 0 18 1 87.85 0 7.03 5.11 0 0 -
TABLE 50 Theoretical relative amounts of product and impurities in the post IEX pools from the 200 L Engineering run, as determined by densitometry analysis. The fractions pooled are highlighted in red. The theoretical average product purity is calculated as 92.3% and 95.8% for the AUXI and AUXII intermediates respectively. Total protein Quantity of all quantity (mg) Impurities (mg) Product (AUX I) quantity AUXI 954.09 844.67 109.42 1290.61 1167.07 123.55 1524.29 1443.16 81.13 1507.35 1418.46 88.89 1339.47 1258.18 81.29 1256.06 1175.32 80.74 1063.30 978.57 84.73 972.75 889.05 83.70 774.62 699.46 75.15 588.06 530.06 58.00 Total 11270.60 10404.00 866.60 % 92.31 7.68 Product (AUX II) quantity AUXII 200.20 161.56 36.64 323.14 283.11 40.02 533.02 533.02 0.00 882.09 882.09 0.00 1226.58 1226.58 0.00 1508.94 1508.94 0.00 1206.75 1153.47 53.27 943.48 882.75 60.73 684.41 528.99 55.43 537.35 491.40 45.95 312.80 281.35 31.45 348.53 306.19 42.34 Total 8707.28 8339.45 367.82 % 95.78 4.22 - Detail to be Specified in the Ion Exchange BMR
- A. The following pooling criteria is to be specified for fractions from both the AUXI and AUXII peaks which have been analysed by densitometry:
- (i) A maximum of 16 fractions will be selected for analysis from each of the product peaks (AUXI and AUXII). This will limit the number of gels for densitometry analysis to 4.
- (ii) Any fraction of purity greater than or equal to 90.00% (reported to 2 decimal places) can be pooled.
- (iii) Any fraction with a single impurity greater than or equal to 9.00% (to 2 dp) cannot be pooled.
- (iv) Fractions to be pooled must be from consecutive fractions. B. The following pooling criteria is to be specified for fractions from the AUXII peak which have been analysed by SEC-HPLC:
- (i) The maximum number of samples to be submitted for SEC-HPLC is 10 and must be from the last fraction collected for this peak and consecutive fractions forward.
- (ii) Any fraction with greater than or equal to 2.00% (to 2 dp) aggregate cannot be pooled.
- Details to be Recorded for Information Only
- A. The estimated theoretical purity of the pool should be calculated for information only and is expected to be:
-
- Greater than or equal to 93.00% theoretical purity for AUXI
- Greater than or equal to 97.00% theoretical purity for AUXII
- B. The minimum quantity of protein in each pool should be noted to establish if criteria for excluding fractions with less than 0.5 g could be used in the future.
- C. Fractions for the AUXI peak will be submitted for RP-HPLC but will be analysed retrospectively and for information only. These data will NOT be considered as part of the pooling criteria.
- Expected Impact on Pooling
- The following has been calculated from the average data set presented in table 51 to reflect the effect on yield and fraction selection following the new pooling criteria:
-
TABLE 51 AUXI AUXII Fractions pooled from the 200L engineering run #10-21 #7-18 Total protein determined for the post IEX pools 13.18 g 8.37 g from the 200 L engineering run Fractions which would be pooled following GMP #11-21 #9-16 criteria Estimated reduction in total protein due to fractions 0.95 g 1.18 g excluded by the GMP criteria -
TABLE 52 Quantity Relative quantity (%) Fraction # loaded (μg) Product 40 90 80 55 AUXI (peak 2) 3 1 88.91 0 7.43 0 3.66 4 1 85.81 0 7.28 0 6.91 5 1 84.57 0 6.78 0 8.65 6 1 80.41 0 6.96 0 12.63 8 1 80.00 0 5.46 0 14.54 9 1 80.61 0 5.53 0 13.86 10 1 88.53 0 4.20 0 7.27 11 1 90.43 0 4.19 0 5.39 13 1 94.68 0 4.35 0 0.97 14 1 94.10 0 4.95 0 0.96 15 1 93.93 0 5.18 0 0.89 16 1 93.57 0 5.83 0 0.60 18 1 92.03 0 7.97 0 0 19 1 91.40 0 8.60 0 0 20 1 90.30 0 9.70 0 0 21 1 90.14 0 9.86 0 0 Quantity Relative quantity (%) AUXII (peak1) loaded (mg) Product 40 90 80 55 3 1 68.48 21.55 9.97 0 0 4 1 55.51 36.80 7.69 0 0 5 1 55.90 36.73 4.96 2.41 0 6 1 67.59 25.09 4.53 2.79 0 7 1 80.70 12.33 4.41 2.55 0 8 1 87.61 5.18 4.58 2.62 0 9 1 100 0 0 0 0 10 1 100 0 0 0 0 11 1 100 0 0 0 0 12 1 100 0 0 0 0 13 1 95.59 0 2.92 1.49 0 14 1 93.56 0 4.12 2.31 0 15 1 91.90 0 5.05 3.05 0 16 1 91.45 0 4.88 3.67 0 17 1 89.95 0 5.57 4.48 0 18 1 87.85 0 7.03 5.11 0 -
TABLE 53 Theoretical relative amounts of product and impurities in the post IEX pools from the 200 L Engineering run, as determined by densitometry analysis. The fractions pooled are highlighted in red. The theoretical average product purity is calculated as 92.3% and 95.8% for the AUXI and AUXII intermediates respectively. Total protein Quantity of all quantity (mg) Impurities (mg) Product (AUX I) quantity AUXI 954.09 844.67 109.42 1290.61 1167.07 123.55 1524.29 1443.16 81.13 1507.35 1418.46 88.89 1339.47 1258.18 81.29 1256.06 1175.32 80.74 1063.30 978.57 84.73 972.75 889.05 83.70 774.62 699.46 75.15 588.06 530.06 58.00 Total 11270.60 10404.00 866.60 % 92.31 7.68 Product (AUX II) quantity AUXII 200.20 161.56 36.64 323.14 283.11 40.02 533.02 533.02 0.00 882.09 882.09 0.00 1226.58 1226.58 0.00 1508.94 1508.94 0.00 1206.75 1153.47 53.27 943.48 882.75 60.73 684.41 528.99 55.43 537.35 491.40 45.95 312.80 281.35 31.45 348.53 306.19 42.34 Total 8707.28 8339.45 367.82 % 95.78 4.22 - A comparison of 2 data sets (i.e. the same in-process samples run on different gels by different operators) allowed the following retrospective pooling criteria to be noted for the average data set although one additional fraction (fraction 27 from AUXI) would be included from those actually pooled in the 20 L run:
-
- Pool all fractions with a purity of .gtoreq.87% but which do not have a single impurity of ≧10%.
-
- Pool all fractions with a purity of .gtoreq.94% but which do not have a single impurity of ≧4%.
- QC data from the analysis of the final material from the 20 L demonstration run showed that the AUXII intermediate was 99.4% pure, the AUXI intermediate was 99.1% pure and the drug substance was 99.9% collagenase by RP-HPLC. Therefore, the criteria specified for the pooling process would be expected to result in material that passes the release specifications for the final material.
- The criteria established for the 20 L demonstration run previously mentioned was different to that implemented for the 200 L engineering run. In this case, pooling was specified for both the AUXI and AUXII products as fractions with a purity of ≧86.5% but which did not have a single impurity contaminant of ≧10%. AUXII samples with an impurity level ≧2% detected by SEC-HPLC for were also excluded. The resulting AUXI/AUXII intermediates and drug substance were also analyzed by densitometry, using a standardized method, and shown to have the following estimated purity based on analysis of a
single gel 3 times (3 different operators): AUXI=96.0% (3.1% of 90 kDa contaminant); AUXII=98.7% (1.2% of 90 kDa contaminant); DS=97.6% (2.1% of 90 kDa contaminant). - In addition, the QC determined purity of the intermediates and drug substance was show to pass specification by the RP-HPLC assay (AUXI=98.2%; AUXII=98.1%; drug substance=99.4%). Consequently, the pooling criteria followed for the 200 L engineering run was successful in delivering product of suitable purity based on the current available analytical methods.
-
- MUSTANG Q Chromatography (20 L scale run)
-
- MUSTANG Q Chromatography Capsule, 60 mL (
CL3MSTGQP 1, Pall) - Conductivity and pH Meter 4330 (Jenway)
-
- Sodium chloride (USP grade, Merck)
- Sodium hydroxide solution (volumetric 4M) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (USP grade, Merck)
- Ammonium sulphate (Extra Pure, Merck)
- Hyclone Water for Injection-Quality Water (WFI-QW)
- A 60 mL bed volume MUSTANG Q chromatography capsule was sanitised with 1 M NaOH at a flow rate of 30 mL/min for 30 minutes. The capsule was then preconditioned for the same time and flow-rate using 1M NaCl. The capsule was equilibrated with 2 L of MUSTANG Q Equilibration buffer (10 mM Tris, 1M ammonium sulphate, pH 8), at a flow rate of 60 mL/min. The outlet flow was checked to ensure the pH was ≦8. Supernatant (22 L) from 200 L fermentation PP3 (which had been 0.2 μm filtered) was loaded onto the capsule at a flow rate of 540 mL/min (approximately 40 min. duration). The maximum recommended operating flow rate for the capsule was 600 mL/min. The filtered material was stored in 2×10 L Stedim bags at 2-8° C. overnight.
-
- AKTA Pilot installed with Unicorn V 5.01 software (GE Healthcare)
- Vantage 5130 column (cross sectional area 125 cm2, Millipore)
- Conductivity and pH Meter 4330 (Jenway)
-
Sartopore 2 0.8+0.45 μm filter capsule (Sartorius) - Medical Refrigeration Unit MP 150 (Electrolux)
-
-
Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF low sub (GE Healthcare) - Sodium hydroxide solution (volumetric 4M) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Sodium chloride (USP grade, Merck)
- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (USP grade, Merck)
- Ammonium sulphate (Extra Pure, Merck)
- Leupeptin (MP Biomedicals, Inc)
- Hyclone Water For Injection-Quality Water (WFI-QW)
- 2400 mL of
Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF Low Sub (Lot#312089) slurry was settled for 3 hours and the ethanol removed and replaced with 1800 mL WFI. The media was reslurried (50%), settled and washed once with WFI and twice with 1800mL 200 mM NaCl, with settling overnight between washes. The media was reslurried with 1800mL 200 mM NaCl, poured into the column and allowed to settle for 1 h. The adaptor was brought down to ˜1 cm above the resin bed (removing all air bubbles) and the media packed in 200 mM NaCl at a flow rate of 400 mL/min (192 cm/hr) for 10 mins. This packing flow rate was utilized as equivalent to the maximum operating flow rate for the K-prime system available in GMP. The adaptor was brought down to the top of the bed and the column packed at 192 cm/hr for 10 mins before screwing the adaptor into the top of the resin and packing at 192 cm/hr for a further 10 mins, during which no compression of the resin was observed. The pack test was carried out using the AKTA Pilot method:HIC 1500 mL Pack Test. For this, the column was equilibrated with 1 column volume (CV) of 200 mM NaCl in WFI and pack tested with 15 mL (1% CV) of 1M NaCl in WFI at a flow rate of 313 mL/min (150 cm/hr). The column was flushed with 2CV WFI and stored with2CV 10 mM NaOH. The packed column had an asymmetry of 1.2, a plate count of 2659 plates/meter, a CV of 1525 mL and bed height of 12.2 cm. - The
Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF (low sub) column was sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes, washed with 2 column volumes (CV) WFI and equilibrated with5CV 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (HIC Buffer B) followed by5CV 10 mM Tris, 1.0M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A). - 13.48 kg (11.05 L) of 3.0M ammonium sulphate, 10 mM Tris,
pH 8 was added to 22.1 kg feimentation filtrate after the MUSTANG Q treatment (section 3.1). The filtrate was mixed for 5 minutes before filtering through a 0.05 m2 filter capsule (0.8+0.45 μm). The filtered material (denoted the HIC load material) was stored on ice (approximately 30 minutes duration) until use. - The HIC run was performed at a constant linear flow rate of 150 cm/hour using chilled buffers maintained at 2-8° C. 30 L feedstock (equivalent to 20 L post-MUSTANG Q filtrate) was loaded onto the 1525
mL Phenyl Sepharose 6 FF (low sub) column previously equilibrated with2CV 10 mM Tris, 1.0M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A). Unbound material washed off the column with 10CV HIC Buffer A. The column was then washed with5CV 10 mM Tris, 0.3M ammonium sulphate, pH 8 (HIC Buffer A2) and bound proteins eluted with10CV 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (HIC Buffer B). The first 0.67 CV (1 L) of the elution buffer was discarded and a post-HIC pool of 4CV was collected. Leupeptin was added (126.4 mL) to the post-HIC pool (6191.3 g) to a final concentration of 200 tM from a stock solution of 10 mM leupeptin, 10 mM Tris,pH 8. The mixed solution (6.3 kg) was stored at 2-8° C. for 2 days before further processing by tangential flow filtration. -
- ProFlux M12 TFF system (Millipore)
- Conductivity and pH meter 4330 (Jenways)
-
Sartopore 2 0.8+0.45 μm filter capsule (Sartorius) -
Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 0.1 m2 30 kDa MWCO PES membranes (Millipore) - Medical Refrigeration Unit MP 150 (Electrolux)
-
- Sodium hydroxide solution (volumetric 4M) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (USP grade, Merck)
- Leupeptin (MP Biomedicals, Inc)
- Hyclone Water For Injection Quality Water (WFI-QW)
- The ProFlux M12 TFF system was set up according to the manufacturer's instructions with two
Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 30 kDa MWCO PES membranes, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes and stored in 0.1 M NaOH until use. The system was drained and flushed with 14 L WFI and the noiinal water permeability (NWP) measured as 23 L/m2/hr/psi at 25° C. at a trans-membrane pressure (TMP) of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig). The system was flushed with 0.5 L 10 mM Tris, pH 8 (diafiltration buffer) and equilibrated with 1 L of the same buffer for 10 minutes. The conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined and checked against that of the diafiltration buffer to ensure the membranes were equilibrated prior to use. - The concentration and diafiltration steps were performed with chilled dialfiltration buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 8) containing 200 μM leupeptin. The TFF system was flushed with 1 L chilled buffer just before use. 2 L of the post-HIC material (6.3 L total volume) was pumped into the TFF system reservoir and recirculated for 10 minutes without back-pressure to condition the membrane. The level sensor on the reservoir was set to 1.2 L and the post-HIC material concentrated at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) until all the material had entered the system. The peimeate was collected and stored at 2-8° C. for analysis. The inlet tubing was connected to the diafiltration buffer and diafiltration of the material was performed at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) for approximately 8.5 turnover volumes (TOV), maintaining the volume of material in the reservoir at 1.2 L. The conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined after 5, 7 and 8.5 TOV and checked against that of the diafiltration buffer. The retentate was drained from the system and stored at 2-8° C. 250 mL diafiltration buffer was pumped into the reservoir, recirculated around the system for 10 minutes without backpressure to rinse the system, drained, the rinse repeated and both rinses were stored separately at 2-8° C. The protein concentration of the retentate and rinses were determined (by UV) and the first rinse (204.8 g weight) added to the retentate (1231.4 g weight). This post TFF1 material (1.4 kg) was then filtered through a
Sartopore 2 0.8+0.45 μm filter capsule and stored at 2-8° C. overnight until further processing by Q Sepharose ion exchange chromatography. -
- AKTA Pilot installed with Unicorn 5.01 software (GE Healthcare)
- Conductivity and pH Meter 4330 (Jenway)
- Vantage S90 Column (cross sectional area 62 cm2, Millipore)
- Medical Refrigeration Unit MP 150 (Electrolux)
-
- Sodium hydroxide solution (volumetric 4M) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Sodium chloride (USP grade, Merck)
- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (USP grade, Merck)
- Calcium chloride 2-hydrate (USP grade, Merck)
- Leupeptin (MP Biomedicals, Inc.)
- Q Sepharose HP (GE Healthcare)
- Hyclone Water For Injection-Quality Water (WFI-QW)
- A Vantage S90 column was packed using an AKTA Pilot chromatography system with Q Sepharose HP media in WFI to give a packed column with a 10 cm bed height, therefore a column volume (CV) of 620 mL. The packing was performed in accordance to the manufacturers instruction but with the pressure limit of the Vantage column imposed (0.3 MPa) which equated to a packing flow rate of 210 cm/hr and pressure limit of 0.28 MPa. After packing, the column was equilibrated with 2CV of 0.2M NaCl and pack tested with 1% CV (6.2 mL) 1M NaCl at a flow rate of 100 cm/hr (103 mL/min). The packed column had an asymmetry of 1.6 and a plate count of 12605 plates/meter, which was within specification for the media (asymmetry between 0.8 and 1.8, with a plate count>10,000). The column was stored in 10 mM NaOH until required.
- Prior to use, the Q Sepharose column washed with 1.5 column volumes (CV) of WFI to remove the storage buffer, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 mins at 40 cm/hr before flushing again with 1.5CV WFI. The column was then charged and equilibrated in accordance to the manufacturers instructions with
2CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM calcium chloride,pH 8 followed by2CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 360 mM NaCl,pH 8 and finally5CV 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2,pH 8. - Immediately prior to the sample being loaded onto the column, the column was reequilibrated with chilled 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 200 μM leupeptin pH 8 (IEX Buffer A). 1216 mL of
chilled post TFF 1 material at a concentration of 2.55 mg/mL (determined by UV) was loaded onto the column at a flow rate of 100 cm/hr (103 mL/min) This equated to a column load of 5 mg total protein per mL of media. Following loading of the product, the column washed with 3 column volumes (CV) of IEX Buffer A and the protein eluted with 10 mM Tris, 3 mM CaCl2, 360 mM NaCl, 200 μM leupeptin, pH 8 (IEX Buffer B) with a gradient of 0-40% elution buffer (A to B), over 20 CV at a flow rate of 70.2 ml/min (68 cm/hr). Elution was monitored at 280 nm and 260 nm and 100 mL fractions collected across the two product peaks containing AUX II and AUX I. Fraction collection was started from the breakthrough of the peak and continued until 25% of the peak height on the trailing edge. A total of 12 fractions were collected across the AUX II peak and 15 fractions across the AUX I peak. The Q Sepharose HP chromatography was carried out at a standard laboratory temperature of 18-23° C., although the buffers used were pre-chilled. Fractions were stored at 2-8° C. until a result was obtained from the SDSPAGE analysis.Fractions 6 to 12 (peak 1) were pooled as AUX II collagenase with the volume determined as 683 g (after sampling) and the concentration by UV analysis measured as 1.17 mg/mL. Fractions 19 to 26 (peak 2) were pooled as AUX I collagenase with the volume determined as 796 g (after sampling) and the concentration by UV measured as 1.08 mg/mL. -
- ProFlux M12 TFF system (Millipore)
- Conductivity and pH meter 4330 (Jenways)
-
Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 0.1 m.sub.2 30 kDa MWCO PES membrane (Millipore) - 90 mm Filter Unit (1 L) 0.2 μm PES membrane (Nalgene)
- Medical Refrigeration Unit MP 150 (Electrolux)
-
- Sodium hydroxide solution (volumetric 4M) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (USP grade, Merck)
- Sucrose (BP grade, Merck)
- Leupeptin (MP Biomedicals, Inc.)
- Hyclone Water For Injection-Quality Water (WFI-QW)
- Frensius Kabi Water For Injection (WFI)
- The ProFlux M12 TFF system was set up according to the manufacturer's instructions with one
Pellicon 2 “Mini” Filter 30 kDa MWCO PES membrane, sanitised with 0.5M NaOH for 60 minutes and stored in 0.1M NaOH until use. The system was drained and flushed with 14 L WFI and the namial water permeability (NWP) measured as 19.5 L/m2/hr/psi for the membrane used for AUXI and as 14.5 L/m2/hr/psi at 25° C. for the membrane used for AUXII at 25° C. and at a trans-membrane pressure (TMP) of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig). The system was flushed with 0.5 L 10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose, pH8 (formulation buffer), and equilibrated with 1 L of the same buffer for 10 minutes. The conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined and checked against that of the formulation buffer. - The concentration and diafiltration steps were performed separately on each of the post IEX pools of AUXI and AUXII. All steps were performed using chilled formulation buffer (10 mM Tris, 60 mM sucrose, pH 8) maintained at 2-8° C. The TFF system was flushed with 1 L chilled buffer just before use. The post-IEX pool (683 g weight of AUXII and 796 g weight of AUXI) was pumped into the TFF system reservoir and recirculated at 10% pump speed for 10 minutes without backpressure to condition the membrane. The level sensor on the reservoir was set to approximately 400 mL and the AUXI or AUXII pool concentrated at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig) until the volume in the reservoir had been reduced to approximately 360-390 mL (this assumed a system hold up volume of 100 mL). The target volume reduction was based on achieving a theoretical concentration of 1.75 mg/mL for the product assuming no loss in protein during the concentration operation. The permeate was collected and stored at 2-8° C. for analysis. For the diafiltration operation the inlet tubing was connected to the formulation buffer and diafiltration performed at a TMP of 15 psig (inlet pressure of 20 psig and outlet pressure of 10 psig). Approximately 12 turnover volumes (TOV) were performed for AUXII and 8.5 TOV's for AUXI, maintaining the volume of material in the reservoir at ˜400 mL. The conductivity and pH of the permeate was determined after 12 TOV for AUXII and after 6, 7, and 8.5 TOVs for AUXI and checked against that of the formulation buffer. The retentate was drained from the system and stored at 2-8° C. 250 mL formulation buffer was used to wash residual product from the membranes by re-circulated around the system for 10 minutes (without backpressure). After draining the rinse solution, a second wash was performed and both rinse 1 and rinse 2 were stored at 2-8° C. After UV protein content determination of the retentate and rinses, the first rinse was added to the retentate, mixed and a UV protein concentration of the mix determined. For AUXII, 122 g of the second rinse was also added to the retentate plus rinse 1 to give a theoretical AUXII concentration of 1.1 mg/mL. For AUXI, 94 g of the second rinse was added to the material to give a theoretical AUXI concentration of 1.1 mg/mL Both the AUXI and AUXII material were filtered through a 1 L Nalgene 0.2 μm filter unit in a Class II hood and the post filtered protein concentration determined. The AUXI and AUXII intermediates were stored at 2-8° C.
-
- DU800 Spectrophotometer (Beckman)
- In process samples were analysed by UV spectrophotometry by performing a UV scan of samples between 220 and 330 nm. The appropriate buffer was used as a blank and a scan of the buffer blank performed before scanning the samples. If necessary, samples were diluted with the same buffer to ensure the A280<1.0 AU. Protein concentrations (mg/mL) were determined according to the Beer-Lambert law, c=A/b.e, where A is the absorbance (A280-A330), b is the pathlength (1.0 cm) and e is the extinction coefficient of the protein. Extinction coefficients of 1.48 mg-icm-imL for AUXI, 1.576 mg-1cm-1mL for AUXII and 1.428 mg-1cm-1mL for an AUXI/AUXII mix were used.
-
- Lyophilised BSA (hydrated to 1.4 mg/mL)
-
- Protein Assay Dye Reagent Concentrate (500-0006, Bio-Rad)
- A BSA standard curve was prepared by diluting the BSA with water, to known concentrations. The Bio-Rad protein assay dye reagent was prepared by diluting one part concentrate with four parts water. Test samples were prepared by diluting with water. 50 μL of test sample either neat or diluted was added to a cuvette and 2.5 mL diluted regent added. Samples were prepared in duplicate. The samples were incubated for 10 minutes before reading the OD. The standard curve of OD595 nm vs. protein concentration was obtained by measuring the OD595 nm of BSA solutions of known concentration. The test samples were then assayed and the protein concentration determined from the standard protein assay curve. Samples from the post MUSTANG Q step were always analysed without dilution in order to standardise the contribution from the pigment. In this case, 50 μL of the undiluted post Mustang Q MUSTANG was utilised in the assay.
-
- Xcell SureLock Mini-Cell Electrophoresis System (Invitrogen)
- Electrophoresis Power Supply EPS 601, (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech)
- Rocky shaker platform, (Scientific Laboratory Supplies)
-
- SDS-PAGE Standards High Molecular Weight (161-0303, Bio Rad)
- Mark12 Unstained Standard (LC5677, Invitrogen)
-
Novex 8% Tris-Glycine gels, 1.5 mm, 10 well (EC6018BOX, Invitrogen) - NuPAGE Novex 4-12% Bis-Tris gels, 1.0 mm, 12 well (NPO.sub.322BOX, Invitrogen)
- Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Running Buffer (10×) (LC2675, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE MES SDS Running Buffer (20×) (NP0002, Invitrogen)
- Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Sample Buffer (2×) (LC2676, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE LDS Sample Buffer (4×) (NP0007, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE Sample Reducing Agent (10×) (NP0009, Invitrogen)
- Colloidal Blue Staining kit (LC6025, Invitrogen)
- Ethylenediaminetetra-acetic acid disodium salt AnalaR R (BDH)
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 12 μl of sample to 20 μl sample Buffer (2×), 4 μl reducing agent (10×) and 411 of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM). The high molecular weight (HMW) marker was prepared by adding 1101 of concentrated stock to 80 μl reducing agent (10×), 310 μl WFI and 400 μl sample buffer (2×). The diluted HMW standard was then heated at 95° C. for 5 minutes before aliquoting and storage at −20° C. for use in subsequent gels. Samples (20 μl load volume) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e. with no prior heat treatment) on 8% Tris-Glycine gels using Tris-Glycine running buffer at 130 V for ˜2 hours. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturers instructions.
- Samples were prepared for reducing SDS-PAGE by adding 16.5 μl of sample to 7.5 μl sample buffer (4×), 3 μl reducing agent (10×) and 3 μl of 0.1M EDTA (to achieve final concentration of 10 mM).
MARK 12 marker loaded neat (10 μl). Samples (15 μl load volume) containing collagenases were run directly (i.e. with no prior heat treatment) on 4-12% Bis-Tris gels using either MES running buffer at 200 V for ˜40 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with either colloidal blue stain reagent as per the manufacturers instructions or silver stained using a standard procedure (GE Healthcare). -
- Xcell SureLock Mini-Cell Electrophoresis System (Invitrogen)
- Electrophoresis Power Supply EPS 601, (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech)
- Rocky shaker platform, (Scientific Laboratory Supplies) Flatbed scanner (Hewlett Packard)
-
- NuPAGE Novex 4-12% Bis-Tris gels, 1.0 mm, 12 well (NPO.sub.322BOX, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE MES SDS Running Buffer (20×) (NP0002, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE LDS Sample Buffer (4×) (NP0007, Invitrogen)
- NuPAGE Sample Reducing Agent (10×) (NP0009, Invitrogen)
- Mark12 Unstained Standard (LC5677, Invitrogen)
- Colloidal Blue Staining kit (LC6025, Invitrogen)
- Ethylenediaminetetra-acetic acid disodium salt (EDTA) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Purified water
- The post-IEX samples were run on 4-12% Bis-Tris gels using MES running buffer at 1 μg/lane loading. Samples were prepared by adding 20 L of diluted post-IEX material to 8 μL Sample Buffer (4×), 31 L Reducing Agent (10×) and 3.4 μL of 0.1M EDTA. 15 μL of each sample was loaded into the well directly after mixing (i.e. with no heat treatment) and run at 200 V for 40 mins. After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with Colloidal Blue stain reagent according to the manufacturers instructions but with a fixed staining duration to reduce staining variation (10 minute fix, 5 hours stain, 15-20 hours destain with purified water).
- Gels were placed between 2 sheets of acetate ensuring removal of all air bubbles, scanned on a flat-bed scanner at 600 dpi resolution and the image cropped, resized and colour corrected with HP Image zone software. The image was converted to an 8-bit greyscale TIFF image with Alpha EaseFC software and the protein bands were analysed using QuantityOne gel documentation software (BioRad). After background substitution, the intensity peak areas of selected bands were converted to relative percentage values of product (AUXI or AUXII) and impurity(s) in each lane.
-
- Peristaltic Pump (Watson Marlow)
- 125 ml PETG biotainers (Cellon)
- Watson Marlow Tubing for peristaltic pump
- Conductivity and pH Meter 4330 (Jenway)
-
Sartopore 2 300 (0.45/0.2 μm) filter capsule (Sartorius) - Buffers for the 20 L demonstration run were filtered after preparation through a 0.45/0.2 μm filter capsule into 10 or 20 L Stedim bags for storage at 2-8° C. prior to use. When the majority of the buffer had been filtered, approximately 75 mis of the remaining buffer was collected into pre-labelled 125 ml PETG biotainers and stored at 2-8oC. The pH, conductivity, temperature and date of buffer preparation were recorded. On completion of the 20 L demonstration run, the buffer samples were retrieved from cold storage and retested for pH, conductivity, and appearance. The temperature of the buffer at the time of testing was also recorded.
-
- Electrophoresis Power Supply EPS 601, (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech)
- Xcell SureLock Mini-Cell Electrophoresis System, (Invitrogen)
- Rocky shaker platform, (Scientific Laboratory Supplies)
-
-
Novex 8% Tris-Glycine Gel, 1.5 mm, 10 well, (Invitrogen) - High Molecular Weight Marker, (BioRad)
- NuPAGE Sample Reducing Agent (10×), (Invitrogen)
- Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Running Buffer (10×), (Invitrogen)
- Novex Tris-Glycine SDS Sample Buffer (2×), (Invitrogen)
- Colloidal Blue Staining Kit, (Invitrogen)
- Ethylenediaminetetra-acetic acid disodium salt (EDTA) (AnalaR, BDH)
- Methanol, AnalaR (BDH)
- Acetic Acid, AnalaR (BDH)
- Water for injection (WFI)
- Purified Water
- Samples for N-terminal sequencing were prepared and separated on 8% Tris-Glycine gels as outlined previously. Samples identified as enriched for the 40 kDa contaminant (
fraction 2 from the post IEX AUXII peak, CTL2006#0610H;) and 55 kDa contaminant (fraction 16 from the post IEX AUXI peak, CTL2006#0611H) were each loaded in 5 lanes of the gel to provide enough material for sequencing (FIG. 89 ). Post IEX fractions from a previous 20 L fermentation (20 L PP3), which were enriched for the 90 kDa contaminants associated with both AUXI (fraction B7 R2, CTL2006#0581P) and AUXII (fraction DI, CTL2006#0582P) were also loaded in multiple lanes (FIG. 90 ). After electrophoresis, the gels were stained with colloidal blue stain reagent according to the manufacturers instructions and the contaminant bands excised and submitted to Alta Bioscience (Birmingham University, UK) for N-terminal sequencing. The 90 kDa AUXI associated contaminant (CTL2006#0612H) from the 20 L demonstration run was also submitted for sequencing but no data was obtained. - The Phytone fed-batch fermentation process (Process 2) for production of collagenase from Clostridium histolyticum had been shown to be highly variable due to batch-to-batch variability in the Phytone peptone. For this reason Proteose Peptone #3 (PP3) was evaluated in 5 L fermentations. The evaluation demonstrated that when one specific batch of PP3 was used at 50 g/L the fermentation process was robust and reproducible. However when other batches of PP3 were employed at 50 g/L large variations were seen in the growth profiles of the cultivations. The maximum biomass concentration the various batches of PP3 would support were assessed in a small scale evaluation. These batches were deemed “good” or “poor” based on their ability to support high or low biomass concentrations of C. histolyticum respectively. When two fermentations were carried out at 5 L scale with “poor” and “good” batches of PP3 at 100 g/L both demonstrated highly similar growth profiles and product yields. This experiment showed that increasing the concentration of PP3 to 100 g/L alleviated the problem associated to batch to batch variation in the peptone.
- A scale up fermentation was carried out at 200 L. The fermentation used the optimized concentration of PP3 (100 g/L). The fermentation was successful and replicated both the growth profile and product yield/quality observed at 5 L scale. The harvest process (clarification by filtration) developed for
Process 2 was evaluated during the 200 L scale up fermentation. The cell culture was successfully clarified using the existing process with no blockage of the filtration train. - The quantification of collagenase concentration in crude fermentation samples was improved using densitometry analysis of Coomassie stained Tris Glycine gels. A standard curve of mixed AUXI and AUXII was loaded with dilutions of fermentation samples. The relationship between collagenase concentration and densitometry peak area was shown to be linear within the range of the sample dilutions. The concentrations of collagenase in the samples were then extrapolated using their peak area and the standard curve. This method estimated the yield of collagenase to be 280-350 mg/L from the 100 g/L PP3 process at 5 and 200 L scale. The optimised PP3 fermentation process generated a higher biomass concentration (
OD600 7 units) and increased product yield (280-350 mg/L total collagenase, by quantitative densitometry) when compared to the Phytone fed-batch process. The fermentation filtrate contained significantly less clostripain than the Phytone process. The ratio of AUXI:AUXII was closer to 1 compared to that observed during evaluation ofProcess 2. In summary the PP3 process increased the product yield, purity (post-fermentation) and reproducibility of the fermentation. -
Process 3 was developed in an accelerated time frame in order to improve the processes previously developed at Cobra (Process 2) and run at 20 L scale in GMP. Major improvements to the process were made in order to simplify the purification procedure, facilitate robustness as well as make the process more amenable to scale up to 200 L. These improvements were also considered key to assisting process validation. -
Process 3 was performed using material from a 200 L fermentation of Clostridium histolyticum in which a full 20 L of fermentation was purified. Material was processed directly from the fermentation and no hold steps were implemented. Following filtration, product was passed through a MUSTANG Q filter since small-scale experiments demonstrated reduction of dsDNA (as detected by pico green analysis) using this procedure. Analysis of in-process samples from the 20 L demonstration run however, showed no reduction in dsDNA suggesting that the robustness and application of this step required further investigation. A comparison of the parameters used for the 20 L run-through and previous small-scale experiments demonstrated dsDNA removal when the capsule was oversized by a factor of 1000 (based on the DNA binding capabilities of 15-25 mg DNA/mL capsule described by the manufacturer). In comparison, the capsule used in the 20 L run-through was oversized by a factor of approximately 177-296. Material from the MUSTANG Q capsule was held overnight at 2-8° C. An off-line stability study on sample material taken at this stage in the process indicated that maintaining a low temperature was key to the product stability at this point in the process since samples incubated at RT and 37° C. were susceptible to degradation as indicated by SDS-PAGE analysis. - Product from the MUSTANG Q capsule was prepared for hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) by the addition and mixing of an ammonium sulphate solution (3M) to achieve a final concentration of 1M. This provided conditions suitable for collagenase binding to Phenyl Sepharose FF (low sub) media. A proportion of protein contaminants and pigment were then eluted from the HIC column using a step elution of 0.3M ammonium sulphate followed by collagenase product elution with a solution containing no ammonium sulphate. Criteria for collection of the product peak were established as a fixed volume of 4 column volumes (although this was later extended to 5 column volumes for the 200 L scale demonstration run). Leupeptin was then added immediately following elution and the material held for a period of 2 days at 2-8° C. The yield from this step was difficult to determine accurately due to the complex nature of the feedstock. The process step yield was estimated as (i) 38% based on Bradford assay of the load and UV of the eluted material or (ii) 47% based on collagenase content in the load estimated by densitometry and UV of the eluted material. Alternatively, 0.17 g of total protein was eluted from the HIC column for the equivalent of every 1 L of fermentation filtrate applied.
- The post HIC pool was prepared for Q-Sepharose purification by concentration (5-fold) and buffer exchange using tangential flow filtration (TFF 1) using 2×0.1 m2 30 kDa membranes. No loss was detected over this step and the reported increase in protein recovered may reflect the inaccuracy of UV at this point in the process. Inaccuracy could be attributed to pigment contamination or the use of the extinction coefficient for collagenases, which will be less accurate for material earlier in the purification when a complex of proteins are likely to be present. The TFF step was completed by a product filtration step before holding the material at 2-8° C. over night.
- As with
Process 2, the Q-Sepharose column was a key purification step inProcess 3 and resulted in the separation of the AUXI and AUXII collagenases. The contaminants associated withprocess 3, however, were different to those inprocess 2 and appeared to closely co-purify with the AUXI and AUXII products. It was possible however, to remove the contaminants from the products by fractionation of the product peaks since the contaminants appeared to elute at either the leading or tail edges of both peaks. The contaminants were denoted by their relative molecular mass on reducing SDS-PAGE. Those associated with the AUXII product (the first peak eluted from the Q-Sepharose column) were identified as (i) 40 kDa (associated with the leading edge of the peak) and (ii) 75 kDa and 90 kDa (associated with the trailing edge of the peak). N-terminal amino acid sequencing indicated that the 40 kDa was AUXII related since the sequence matched identity with a region of the Col H sequence. In comparison, no identity could be confirmed for the 90 kDa contaminant due to issues of low signal. Contaminants associated with AUXI product (the second peak eluted form the Q-Sepharose column) were (i) 55 kDa (associated with the leading edge of the peak) and (ii) 90 kDa (associated with the trailing edge of the peak). N-terminal sequencing showed both the 55 kDa and 90 kDa contaminants to be identified as AUXI-related where the 55 kDa contaminant showed sequence identity with a mid region in the Col G sequence and the 90 kDa showed identical N-terminal match to AUXI. Consequently, the major impurities identified at this stage in the process were all product related and either identified as internal cleavage products of AUXI (55 kDa) and AUXII (40 kDa) or a C-terminally cleaved product of AUXI (90 kDa). - Following the Q-Sepharose column, a key process step was in the decision as to which fractions should go forward for further purification. For the 20 L demonstration run this criteria was based on the relative staining intensities of contaminants to product when analysed by 4-12% SDS-PAGE and stained with Colloidal Blue stain. The decision was subjective and based on the collective experience of the process development group as well as requests from the client. In order to establish defined criteria that described the pooling procedure, densitometry was performed on SDSPAGE. From this, the pooling was described as including fractions that were ≧87% pure (with no single impurity ≧10%) for AUXI and ≧94% pure (with no single impurity ≧4%) for AUXII. This resulted in a step yield based on UV estimation of 27.7% and 25.8% for AUXI and AUXII respectively. Further refinement and standardization of the densitometry method was achieved from data acquired from the 200 L scale demonstration run which resulted in definition of modified criteria for the subsequent GMP run.
- Fractions containing AUXI or AUXII product from the Q-Sepharose column were formulated separately by TFF (denoted TFF2) using 1×0.1 m2 30 kDa membrane for each collagenase. The foimulation buffer of 10 mM Tris, 60
mM sucrose pH 8, had been established by KBI BioPharma Inc. Product was filtered following the TFF2 step and the overall step yields for TFF and filtration estimated as 97.5% for AUXI and 92.2% for AUXII. At this stage samples were referred to as intermediates and were retained at 2-8° C. for QC analysis and prior to mixing of the drug substance. A retrospective stability study indicated the intermediates were stable over a period of at least 5 days at 2-8° C. as determined by SDS-PAGE, UV, RP-HPLC and SEC-HPLC analysis. The only detected deterioration in intermediates was identified in the AUXII intermediate after a 12 day hold in which aggregate levels increased from 0 to 0.62%. - The AUXI and AUXII intermediates were mixed in equal ratio (as determined by UV) to generate the drug substance before performing a final product filtration. Only 400 mg of drug substance was prepared of which 200 mg was shipped to KBI BioPhamia Inc. along with 25 mg of each intermediate. The overall process yield was estimated for the 20 L demonstration run in which all available material from the 20 L of fermentation feedstock had been processed and assuming all material had been mixed as drug substance. This gave a predicted yield of 1.6 g drug substance for the 20 L scale purification. This equated to a process recovery of 17.8% based on then assumption that the initial estimate of 9 g (using the Bradford assay) for the amount of total protein available to load onto the HIC column was accurate. Alternatively, if the total available protein was related to the collagenase content in the HIC load (as estimated by densitometry) the overall process yield was calculated as 22%.
- In addition to the process run-through, some preliminary studies were preformed on sample and buffer retains taken from the process to assess stability. These data indicated that for the product, low temperature was a key factor in controlling degradation and samples taken early in the purification (prior to the Q-Sepharose column) were more susceptible to proteolysis. A product hold study showed however, that the combination of leupeptin and temperature control (2-8° C.) was successful in maintaining the product quality over the time courses anticipated for the GMP process.
- Tables 54 and 55 detailed the analytical specifications AUX-I and AUX-11 intermediates and also for Drug Substance for
Process 3. -
TABLE 54 Analytical Specifications for Process 3 AUX-I and AUX-II Intermediates Specification Test AUX-I AUX-II Appearance Clear colorless Clear colorless and free from and free from particular matter particular matter *Endotoxin ≦10 EU/mL ≦10 EU/mL Identity (and purity) by Major band between Major band between SDS-PAGE (Reduced 98-188 kDa, 98-188 kDa, conditions, Coomasie and and no minor bands and no minor bands silver stained) *Total Protein by 0.8-1.2 mg/mL 0.8-1.2 mg/mL Absorbance Sepctroscopy SRC assay (AUX-I) 12000-21000 fSRC Not applicable units/mg GPA assay (AUX-II) Not applicable 370000-680000 fGPA units/mg Analysis of Proteins using ≧98% main peak ≧98% main peak the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) *Analysis of Proteins using ≧97% by area ≧97% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Purity by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using ≦1% by area ≦1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using ≦1% by area ≦1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual clostripain by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Identity by Peptide Conforms to Conforms to reference Mapping reference Bioburden ≦100 CFU/mL ≦100 CFU/mL *Tests required for provisional release of intermediates for further manufacturing -
TABLE 55 Analytical Specifications for Process 3 Drug Substance Specification Specification Test AUX-I AUX-II Appearance Clear colorless and essentially free from particulate matter Potentiometer Measure of 7.85 to 8.5 pH of Solution Endotoxin <10 EU/mL Identity (and purity) by Major collagenase band Major collagenase band SDS-PAGE (Reduced between 98-188 kDa; MW between 97-200 kDa; MW conditions, Coomasie and markers Markers; major bands silver stained) comparable to reference standard *Total protein by 0.8-1.2 mg/mL Absorbance Spectroscopy *SRC assay (AUX-I) 13000-23000 fSRC NA *GPA assay (AUX-II) NA 200000-38000 fGPA units/mg Residual host cell protein Comparable to reference standard; no individual impurity band exhibiting greater intensity thank 1% BSA Residual host cell DNA ≦10 pg/dose Analysis of Proteins using ≧98% main peak; ≦2% aggregates by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Aggregation by size exclusion chromatography) *Analysis of Proteins using 2 major peaks (AUX I & AUX II), combined ≧97% by the Agilent 1100 HPLC area; Retention times of AUX-I and AUX-II within 5% of System (Identity and purity reference by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using ≦1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual clorstripain by reverse phase liquid chromatography) Analysis of Proteins using ≦1% by area the Agilent 1100 HPLC System (Residual gelatinase by anion exchange chromatography) Residual leupeptin by ≦1 ug/mg w/w reverse phase chromatography *Bioburden <1 cfu/mL *Tests required for provisional release of Drug Substance for further manufacturing. - The patent and scientific literature referred to herein establishes the knowledge that is available to those with skill in the art. All United States patents and published or unpublished United States patent applications cited herein are incorporated by reference. All published foreign patents and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference. All other published references, documents, manuscripts and scientific literature cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference.
- While this invention has been particularly shown and described with references to preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the scope of the invention encompassed by the appended claims.
Claims (129)
1. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area.
2. The drug product of claim 1 , wherein the drug product has a SRC assay activity for collagenase I of about 13,000 to about 23,000 fSRC units/mg, and a GPA assay activity for collagenase II of about 200,000 to about 380,000 fGPA units/mg, when the drug product is in 10 mM Tris buffer and 60 mM sucrose at a pH of about 8.
3. The drug product of claim 1 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 2% by area aggregated protein.
4. The drug product of claim 3 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1% by area of clostripain.
5. The drug product of claim 4 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1% by area of gelatinase.
6. The drug product of claim 5 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1 μg/mg (w/w) of leupeptin.
7. The drug product of claim 6 , wherein having a bioburden less than 1 cfu/ml, and wherein the drug product sterilized.
8. The drug product of claim 7 , containing less than 10 EU/ml of endotoxin.
9. The drug product of claim 7 , containing less than 5 EU/mg of endotoxin.
10. The drug product of claim 1 , wherein the collagenase I and II have a purity of at least about 97% by area.
11. The drug product of claim 1 , further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
12. The drug product of claim 1 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder is stored at a temperature of about 5° C.
13. The drug product of claim 11 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
14. The drug product of claim 13 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting a vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
15. The drug product of claim 13 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
16. A kit comprising a vial for providing the drug product according to claim 11 and instructions explaining how to deliver said drug product with said device.
17. The drug product of claim 1 , wherein the drug product is used to treat a subject suffering from a collagen-mediated disease.
18. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, wherein the preparation of the drug product comprising the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
19. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the drug product has a SRC assay activity for collagenase I of about 13,000 to about 23,000 fSRC units/mg, and a GPA assay activity for collagenase II of about 200,000 to about 380,000 fGPA units/mg.
20. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the purity is at least 97% by area.
21. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the purity is at least 98% by area.
22. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of phytone peptone or vegetable peptone.
23. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the fermentation step comprises the steps of:
a) inoculating the medium in a first stage with Clostridium histolyticum and agitating the mixture;
b) incubating the mixture from step (a) to obtain an aliquot;
c) inoculating the medium in a second stage with aliquots resulting from step (b) and agitating the mixture;
d) incubating mixtures from step (c);
e) inoculating the medium in a third stage with aliquots resulting from step (d) and agitating;
f) incubating mixtures from step (e);
g) inoculating the medium in a fourth stage with an aliquot resulting from step (f) and agitating;
h) incubating mixtures from step (g); and
i) harvesting culture resulting from step (h) by filtration.
24. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through a MUSTANG Mustang Q column;
b) adding ammonium sulphate;
c) filtering the crude harvest;
d) subjecting the filtrate through a HIC column;
e) adding leupeptin to the filtrate;
f) removing the ammonium sulfate and maintaining leupeptin for correct binding of collagenase I and collagenase II with buffer exchange by TFF;
g) filtering the mixture of step (f);
h) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using Q-Sepharose HP;
i) preparing TFF concentration and formulation for collagenase I and collagenase II separately; and
j) filtering through a 0.2 μm filtration system.
25. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the drug product is stored at a temperature of about −70° C.
26. The drug product of claim 18 , further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
27. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder and is stored at a temperature of about 5° C.
28. The drug product of claim 26 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
29. The drug product of claim 28 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting a vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
30. The drug product of claim 28 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
31. A kit comprising a vial for providing the drug product according to claim 26 and instructions explaining how to deliver said drug product with said device.
32. The drug product of claim 18 , wherein the drug product is used to treat a subject suffering from a collagen-mediated disease.
33. A process for producing a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, having a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 with a purity of at least 95% by area, comprising the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
34. The process of claim 33 , wherein the drug product has a SRC assay activity for collagenase I of about 13,000 to about 23,000 fSRC units/mg, and a GPA assay activity for collagenase II of about 200,000 to about 380,000 fGPA units/mg.
35. The drug product of claim 33 , wherein the drug product has a purity of at least 97% by area.
36. The drug product of claim 33 , wherein the drug product has a purity of at least 98% by area.
37. The process of claim 33 , wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of phytone peptone or vegetable peptone.
38. The process of claim 33 , wherein the fermentation step comprises the steps of
a) inoculating the medium in a first stage with Clostridium histolyticum and agitating the mixture;
b) incubating the mixture from step (a) to obtain an aliquot;
c) inoculating the medium in a second stage with aliquots resulting from step (b) and agitating the mixture;
d) incubating mixtures from step (c);
e) inoculating the medium in a third stage with aliquots resulting from step (d) and agitating;
f) incubating mixtures from step (e);
g) inoculating the medium in a fourth stage with an aliquot resulting from step (f) and agitating;
h) incubating mixtures from step (g); and
i) harvesting culture resulting from step (h) by filtration.
39. The process of claim 33 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through a MUSTANG Q column;
b) adding ammonium sulphate;
c) filtering the crude harvest;
d) subjecting the filtrate through a HIC column;
e) adding leupeptin to the filtrate;
f) removing the ammonium sulfate and maintaining leupeptin for correct binding of collagenase I and collagenase II with buffer exchange by TFF;
g) filtering the mixture of step (f);
h) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using Q-Sepharose HP;
i) preparing TFF concentration and formulation for collagenase I and collagenase II separately; and
j) filtering through a 0.2 μm filtration system.
40. The process of claim 33 , wherein the drug product stored at temperature of about −70° C.
41. The drug product of claim 33 , further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
42. The drug product of claim 33 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder is stored at a temperature of about 5° C.
43. The drug product of claim 33 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
44. The drug product of claim 43 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting a vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
45. The drug product of claim 43 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
46. A kit comprising a vial for providing the drug product according to claim 41 and instructions explaining how to deliver said drug product with said device.
47. The process of claim 33 , wherein the drug product is used to treat a subject suffering from a collagen-mediated disease.
48. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
49. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 48 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder and is stored at a temperature of about 5° C.
50. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 48 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
51. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 50 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
52. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 50 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
53. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography, wherein the preparation of the drug product comprises the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
54. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 53 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder.
55. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 54 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
56. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 55 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
57. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 55 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
58. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II are isolated and purified from Clostridium histolyticum and wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
59. The process of claim 33 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through an anion exchange filter;
b) capturing proteins using a HIC column;
c) subjecting the filtrate obtained in step (b) to tangential flow filtration; and
d) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using anion exchange chromatography and tangential flow filtration.
60. The process of claim 33 wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of porcine-derived proteose peptone.
61. The process of claim 33 wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the absence of bovine-derived media.
62. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
63. The drug product of claim 62 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 2% by area aggregated protein as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
64. The drug product of claim 62 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1% by area of clostripain as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
65. The drug product of claim 62 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1% by area of gelatinase as determined by anion exchange chromatography.
66. The drug product of claim 62 , wherein the drug product contains less than about 1 μg/mg (w/w) of leupeptin.
67. The drug product of claim 62 , wherein having a bioburden less than 1 cfu/ml, and wherein the drug product is sterile.
68. The drug product of claim 67 , containing less than 10 EU/ml of endotoxin.
69. The drug product of claim 67 , containing less than 5 EU/mg of endotoxin.
70. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography, wherein the preparation of the drug product comprises the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
71. The drug product of claim 70 , wherein the purity is at least 98% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
72. The drug product of claim 70 , wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of phytone peptone or vegetable peptone.
73. The drug product of claim 70 , wherein the fermentation step comprises the steps of:
a) inoculating the medium in a first stage with Clostridium histolyticum and agitating the mixture;
b) incubating the mixture from step (a) to obtain an aliquot;
c) inoculating the medium in a second stage with aliquots resulting from step (b) and agitating the mixture;
d) incubating mixtures from step (c);
e) inoculating the medium in a third stage with aliquots resulting from step (d) and agitating;
f) incubating mixtures from step (e);
g) inoculating the medium in a fourth stage with an aliquot resulting from step (f) and agitating;
h) incubating mixtures from step (g); and
i) harvesting culture resulting from step (h) by filtration.
74. The drug product of claim 70 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through an anion exchange filter a Mustang Q column;
b) adding ammonium sulphate;
c) subjecting the harvest through a HIC column;
d) adding leupeptin to the filtrate;
e) removing the ammonium sulfate and maintaining leupeptin for correct binding of collagenase I and collagenase II with buffer exchange by tangential flow filtration (TFF);
f) filtering the mixture of step (e);
g) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using Q-Sepharose HP
h) preparing TFF concentration and formulation for collagenase I and collagenase II separately; and
i) filtering through a 0.2 um filtration system.
75. The drug product of claim 70 , wherein the drug product is stored at a temperature of about −70° C.
76. A process for producing a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography, comprising the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
77. The process of claim 76 , wherein the drug product has a purity of at least 98% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
78. The process of claim 76 , wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of phytone peptone or vegetable peptone.
79. The process of claim 76 , wherein the fermentation step comprises the steps of
a) inoculating the medium in a first stage with Clostridium histolyticum and agitating the mixture;
b) incubating the mixture from step (a) to obtain an aliquot;
c) inoculating the medium in a second stage with aliquots resulting from step (b) and agitating the mixture;
d) incubating mixtures from step (c);
e) inoculating the medium in a third stage with aliquots resulting from step (d) and agitating;
f) incubating mixtures from step (e);
g) inoculating the medium in a fourth stage with an aliquot resulting from step (f) and agitating;
h) incubating mixtures from step (g); and
i) harvesting culture resulting from step (h) by filtration.
80. The process of claim 76 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through an anion exchange filter;
b) adding ammonium sulphate;
c) subjecting the harvest through a HIC column;
d) adding leupeptin to the filtrate;
e) removing the ammonium sulfate and maintaining leupeptin for correct binding of collagenase I and collagenase II with buffer exchange by tangential flow filtration (TFF);
f) filtering the mixture of step (e);
g) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using Q-Sepharose HP
h) preparing TFF concentration and formulation for collagenase I and collagenase II separately; and
i) filtering through a 0.2 um filtration system.
81. An injectable drug product consisting essentially of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein said drug product is prepared by a method comprising the steps of: a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum; b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II; c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio which can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled.
82. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 95% by area.
83. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 97% by area.
84. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 98% by area.
85. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 95% by area.
86. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 97% by area.
87. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 98% by area.
88. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 95% by area.
89. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 97% by area.
90. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 98% by area.
91. The drug product of claim 81 , wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II are combined at an optimized fixed mass ratio which maximizes synergistic activity provided by said collagenase I and collagenase II.
92. An injectable drug product consisting essentially of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein said collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and are characterized by a purity of at least 95%.
93. An injectable drug product comprising collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein said collagenase I and collagenase II are combined at a ratio which can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled and are characterized by a purity of at least 95%, and wherein said drug product is substantially free of non-collagenase enzymes.
94. An injectable drug product consisting essentially of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein said drug product is prepared by a method comprising the steps of: a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum; b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II; c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography to a purity of at least 95%; and d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio which can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled.
95. An injectable drug product comprising collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein said drug product is prepared by a method comprising the steps of: a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum; b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II; c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography to a purity of at least 95%; and d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio which can be easily and efficiently determined and controlled and wherein said drug product is substantially free of non-collagenase enzymes.
96. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 95%.
97. The drug product of claim 96 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 97%.
98. The drug product of claim 97 , wherein the collagenase I has a purity of at least 98%.
99. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 95%.
100. The drug product of claim 99 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 97%.
101. The drug product of claim 100 , wherein the collagenase II has a purity of at least 98%.
102. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 95%.
103. The drug product of claim 102 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 97%.
104. The drug product of claim 103 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 98%.
105. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the strain of Clostridium histolyticum produces relatively fewer non-collagenase proteins compared to collagenase I and collagenase II proteins.
106. The drug product of claim 105 , wherein the strain is “013”.
107. The drug product of claim 94 , wherein the harvesting is performed after the peak cell density is reached.
108. The drug product of claim 107 , wherein the harvesting is performed 5 to 10 hours after peak cell density is reached.
109. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the drug product is suitable for injection as solution within a lactose carrier medium, and wherein the ratio by mass of drug product to lactose is 1:1.9 for the solution.
110. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the collagenase I and the collagenase II have a purity of at least 98% by SDS PAGE.
111. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the drug product has an SRC assay activity for collagenase I of about 13,000 to about 23,000 FSRC units/mg.
112. The drug product of claim 93 , wherein the drug product has a GPA assay activity for collagenase II of about 200,000 to about 380,000 fGPA units/mg.
113. The process of claim 33 wherein the fermentation is conducted in the presence of porcine-derived proteose peptone.
114. The process of claim 33 wherein the fermentation is conducted in the absence of bovine-derived media.
115. The process of claim 76 , wherein the drug product stored at temperature of about −70° C.
116. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
117. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 116 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder and is stored at a temperature of about 5° C.
118. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 116 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with Sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
119. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 118 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
120. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 118 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
121. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II having the sequence of Clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and collagenase II, respectively, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography, wherein the preparation of the drug product comprises the steps of:
a) fermenting Clostridium histolyticum;
b) harvesting a crude fermentation comprising collagenase I and collagenase II;
c) purifying collagenase I and collagenase II from the crude harvest via filtration and column chromatography; and
d) combining the collagenase I and collagenase II purified from step (c) at a ratio of about 1 to 1.
122. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 121 , wherein the drug product is a sterile lyophilized powder.
123. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 122 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulated with sucrose, Tris and with a pH level of about 8.0.
124. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 123 , wherein the formulation is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.9 mg of the said drug product, about 18.5 mg of sucrose and about 1.1 mg of Tris, and wherein the targeting vial fill volume is about 0.9 mL.
125. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 123 , wherein the drug product is a lyophilized injectable composition formulation comprising about 0.58 mg of the said drug product, about 12.0 mg of sucrose and about 0.7 mg of Tris.
126. A drug product consisting of collagenase I and collagenase II, wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II are isolated and purified from Clostridium histolyticum and wherein the collagenase I and collagenase II have a mass ratio of about 1 to 1 and the drug product is characterized by a purity of at least 97% by area as determined by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography.
127. The process of claim 76 , wherein the purification step comprises the steps of:
a) filtering the crude harvest through an anion exchange filter;
b) capturing proteins using a HIC column;
c) subjecting the filtrate obtained in step (b) to tangential flow filtration; and
d) separating collagenase I and collagenase II using anion exchange chromatography and tangential flow filtration.
128. The process of claim 76 wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the presence of porcine-derived proteose peptone.
129. The process of claim 76 wherein cell bank preparations are conducted in the absence of bovine-derived media.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/759,065 US20100233151A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-04-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/837,933 US20100330065A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-07-16 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US76347006P | 2006-01-30 | 2006-01-30 | |
US78413506P | 2006-03-20 | 2006-03-20 | |
US11/699,302 US7811560B2 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2007-01-29 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/759,065 US20100233151A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-04-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/699,302 Continuation US7811560B2 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2007-01-29 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/837,933 Continuation US20100330065A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-07-16 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20100233151A1 true US20100233151A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 |
Family
ID=38328033
Family Applications (16)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/699,302 Active 2028-07-12 US7811560B2 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2007-01-29 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/759,065 Abandoned US20100233151A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-04-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/837,933 Abandoned US20100330065A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-07-16 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/871,159 Abandoned US20110158972A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-08-30 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US13/084,719 Abandoned US20110189163A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,722 Abandoned US20110243908A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,716 Abandoned US20110189153A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,734 Abandoned US20110243909A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,720 Abandoned US20110243919A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,735 Abandoned US20110243920A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US13/713,019 Abandoned US20140004094A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2012-12-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US14/613,882 Abandoned US20160000889A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2015-02-04 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US15/160,392 Abandoned US20170087229A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2016-05-20 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US17/062,372 Abandoned US20210106659A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2020-10-02 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US17/932,230 Abandoned US20230158127A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2022-09-14 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US18/662,818 Pending US20240299508A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2024-05-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/699,302 Active 2028-07-12 US7811560B2 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2007-01-29 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Family Applications After (14)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/837,933 Abandoned US20100330065A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-07-16 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US12/871,159 Abandoned US20110158972A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2010-08-30 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US13/084,719 Abandoned US20110189163A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,722 Abandoned US20110243908A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,716 Abandoned US20110189153A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,734 Abandoned US20110243909A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,720 Abandoned US20110243919A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Collagen-Mediated Diseases |
US13/084,735 Abandoned US20110243920A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2011-04-12 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US13/713,019 Abandoned US20140004094A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2012-12-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US14/613,882 Abandoned US20160000889A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2015-02-04 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US15/160,392 Abandoned US20170087229A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2016-05-20 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US17/062,372 Abandoned US20210106659A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2020-10-02 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US17/932,230 Abandoned US20230158127A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2022-09-14 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US18/662,818 Pending US20240299508A1 (en) | 2006-01-30 | 2024-05-13 | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Country Status (17)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (16) | US7811560B2 (en) |
EP (5) | EP2474320A1 (en) |
JP (8) | JP5309289B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR20110046537A (en) |
CN (2) | CN101400788B (en) |
AU (2) | AU2007211313C1 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0708017A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2637262C (en) |
DK (2) | DK1987141T3 (en) |
ES (2) | ES2729941T3 (en) |
HU (2) | HUE041764T2 (en) |
IL (6) | IL291175B2 (en) |
MX (1) | MX2008009756A (en) |
NZ (2) | NZ593907A (en) |
PT (2) | PT2474321T (en) |
TR (1) | TR201903008T4 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007089851A2 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10016492B2 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2018-07-10 | Proteolease Ltd. | Methods for extracting a tooth |
US11123280B2 (en) | 2017-03-01 | 2021-09-21 | Endo Ventures Limited | Method of assessing and treating cellulite |
US11473074B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2022-10-18 | Endo Global Aesthetics Limited | Method of producing collagenase |
US11879141B2 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2024-01-23 | Endo Global Ventures | Nucleic acid molecules encoding clostridium histolyticum collagenase II and methods of producing the same |
Families Citing this family (37)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6958150B2 (en) * | 1994-12-15 | 2005-10-25 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao, N.V. | Reduction of adipose tissue |
US20070224184A1 (en) * | 2006-02-22 | 2007-09-27 | The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York | Method for treating cellulite |
US7811560B2 (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2010-10-12 | Auxilium Us Holdings, Llc | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
US10071143B1 (en) | 2007-05-03 | 2018-09-11 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Methods for non-surgical treatment of carpal tunnel syndrome |
EP2244735A4 (en) | 2007-10-02 | 2011-02-23 | Avaxia Biologics Inc | Antibody therapy for use in the digestive tract |
US20100159564A1 (en) * | 2007-11-30 | 2010-06-24 | Dwulet Francis E | Protease resistant recombinant bacterial collagenases |
TWI395593B (en) | 2008-03-06 | 2013-05-11 | Halozyme Inc | In vivo temporal control of activatable matrix-degrading enzymes |
ES2388219T3 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2012-10-10 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Enhanced purification of collagenases from a liquid culture of Clostridium histolyticum |
US8236356B2 (en) | 2008-06-11 | 2012-08-07 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Growth medium for Clostridium histolyticum |
JP5649589B2 (en) * | 2009-03-06 | 2015-01-07 | ハロザイム インコーポレイテッド | Temperature-sensitive mutant of matrix metalloproteinase 1 and use thereof |
ES2385239B1 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-06-19 | Proteos Biotech S.L.U. | USE OF RECOMBINANT COLAGENASE G, RECOMBINANT H COLAGENASE AND RECOMBINING PZ-PEPTIDASE FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES THAT ARE CURRENT WITH ALTERATIONS OF THE COLLAGEN. |
WO2012125948A1 (en) | 2011-03-16 | 2012-09-20 | Biospecifics Technologies Corp. | Compositions and methods for producing clostridial collagenases |
PT2734216T (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2018-11-07 | Mediwound Ltd | Proteolytic extract from bromelain for the treatment of connective tissue disorders |
BR112014009785B1 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2020-06-30 | Auxilium International Holdings, Inc. | cosmetic method to treat or reduce edematous fibrosclerotic panniculopathy (pef) |
ITPD20120118A1 (en) | 2012-04-18 | 2013-10-19 | Fidia Farmaceutici | "NEW PROCESS OF PRODUCTION AND PURIFICATION OF ENZIMA COLLAGENASI DA VIBRIO ALGINOLYTICUS" |
BR102012013110A2 (en) | 2012-05-31 | 2014-05-27 | Cristalia Prod Quimicos Farm | CULTURE FOR CLOSTRIDIUM BACTERIA FREE OF ANIMAL COMPONENTS AND PROCESS FOR SUPERVISOR PRODUCTION CONTAINING ONE OR MORE PROTEASES WITH COLLAGENOLYTIC AND GELATINOLYTIC ACTIVITY |
US9636385B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2017-05-02 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Use of collagenase to treat glaucoma |
WO2014107745A1 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2014-07-10 | Halozyme, Inc. | Metal sensitive mutants of matrix metalloproteases and uses thereof |
US20160000890A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-01-07 | Biospecifics Technologies Corp. | Thermosensitive hydrogel collagenase formulations |
DK2968484T3 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2021-02-22 | Biospecifics Tech Corporation | Treatment method and product for uterine fibroids that use purified collagenase |
US10383875B2 (en) | 2013-06-18 | 2019-08-20 | Harrow Ip, Llc | Pharmaceutical formulations of xanthine or xanthine derivatives, and their use |
CA2915814A1 (en) * | 2013-06-18 | 2014-12-24 | Imprimis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Local use of pentoxifylline to treat peyronie's disease |
US10117892B2 (en) * | 2013-08-29 | 2018-11-06 | Allergan, Inc. | Devices and methods for reducing the appearance of cellulite |
CN103751102A (en) | 2014-01-15 | 2014-04-30 | 上海交通大学 | Collagenase thermoresponsive hydrogel and preparation method and application of hydrogel |
CN105477627B (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2021-04-30 | 山东蓝金生物工程有限公司 | Composition for treating prostate cancer and application thereof |
CN105412916B (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2021-04-30 | 达森生物药业有限公司 | Composition for treating breast cancer and application thereof |
CN105477628B (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2021-04-30 | 山东蓝金生物工程有限公司 | Anticancer composition and use thereof |
CN105412917B (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2021-04-30 | 达森生物药业有限公司 | Anticancer composition for treating solid tumor and application thereof |
DE202014105440U1 (en) * | 2014-11-12 | 2016-02-15 | Bilz Werkzeugfabrik Gmbh & Co. Kg | tool holder |
KR101723168B1 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2017-04-05 | 주식회사 대웅 | Medium Composition for Preparing Botulinum Toxin |
US10303245B2 (en) * | 2015-05-04 | 2019-05-28 | Adobe Inc. | Methods and devices for detecting and responding to changes in eye conditions during presentation of video on electronic devices |
WO2020021332A2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-30 | Endo Global Aesthetics Limited | Injection techniques for the treatment of cellulite |
WO2020021330A2 (en) | 2018-07-12 | 2020-01-30 | Endo Global Aesthetics Limited | Injection techniques for the treatment of cellulite |
JP2022502478A (en) | 2018-09-18 | 2022-01-11 | エンド グローバル エステティックス リミテッド | Compositions and Methods for Treating Cellulite |
CN113382714A (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2021-09-10 | 恩多全球美学有限公司 | Collagenase preparation and preparation method thereof |
WO2021076618A1 (en) | 2019-10-15 | 2021-04-22 | The Johns Hopkins University | Treatment of uterine fibroids using purified collagenase |
WO2023131588A1 (en) | 2022-01-05 | 2023-07-13 | Nordmark Pharma Gmbh | Culture medium for cultivating hathewaya histolytica (or clostridium histolyticum) and the production of one or more proteases |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5252481A (en) * | 1990-07-23 | 1993-10-12 | Pliva Farmaceutska, Kemijska | Mutant of bacterium Clostridium histolyticum, a process for the obtaining thereof, and its use in the production of clostripain-free collagenase |
US5332503A (en) * | 1993-04-16 | 1994-07-26 | Baxter International Inc. | Process for purifying collagenase |
US5462739A (en) * | 1991-11-21 | 1995-10-31 | Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. | Microdelivery device and method for enhanced drug administration to the eye |
US5514370A (en) * | 1991-11-20 | 1996-05-07 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao, N.V. | High dosage topical forms of collagenase |
US5753485A (en) * | 1994-06-24 | 1998-05-19 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Purified mixture of collagenase I, collagenase II and two other proteases |
US5830741A (en) * | 1996-12-06 | 1998-11-03 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Composition for tissue dissociation containing collagenase I and II from clostridium histolyticum and a neutral protease |
US5989888A (en) * | 1996-01-24 | 1999-11-23 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Purified mixture of collagenase I, collagenase II and two other proteases |
US6475764B1 (en) * | 1996-11-19 | 2002-11-05 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Recombinant collagenase type I from clostridium histolyticum and its use for isolating cells and groups of cells |
US20040137596A1 (en) * | 2001-07-02 | 2004-07-15 | Kurfuerst Manfred | Method for purifying an enzyme, a purified enzyme produced thereby, and use of this enzyme |
US20060204488A1 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2006-09-14 | Badalamente Marie A | Methods for treating adhesive capsulitis |
Family Cites Families (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS61289885A (en) * | 1985-06-14 | 1986-12-19 | Nitta Zerachin Kk | Collagenase and production of collagenase |
JP2898022B2 (en) * | 1989-09-05 | 1999-05-31 | 株式会社ニッピ | Method for producing collagen degrading enzyme |
CA2138948A1 (en) * | 1992-06-22 | 1994-01-06 | Hun-Chi Lin | Molecular cloning of the genes responsible for collagenase production from clostridium histolyticum |
JP3186881B2 (en) * | 1993-02-18 | 2001-07-11 | 倉敷紡績株式会社 | Hepatocyte isolation method |
US5589171A (en) | 1994-08-22 | 1996-12-31 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao | Treatment of Dupuytren's disease with collagenase |
US6146626A (en) * | 1995-03-16 | 2000-11-14 | Knoll Aktiengesellschaft | Defined enzyme mixtures for obtaining cells and treating wounds |
US6086872A (en) | 1997-03-27 | 2000-07-11 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao, Nv | Amelioration of dupuytren's disease |
JPH10262658A (en) * | 1997-03-28 | 1998-10-06 | Kikkoman Corp | Sarcosine oxidase crystal, and production and three-dimensional structure of the crystal |
US6022539A (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2000-02-08 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao | Amelioration of peyronie's disease |
EP1462519A1 (en) * | 2003-03-24 | 2004-09-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim Austria GmbH | Method and devices for producing biomolecules |
JP4205496B2 (en) * | 2003-06-19 | 2009-01-07 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Novel carbonyl reductase, DNA encoding the same, and method for producing optically active alcohol using the same |
NZ589037A (en) * | 2004-01-30 | 2011-10-28 | Shire Pharmaceuticals Ireland Ltd | Production and purification of recombinant arylsulfatase A |
US7355027B2 (en) * | 2004-06-16 | 2008-04-08 | Dynport Vaccine Company Llc | Bacillus anthracis protective antigen |
EA011586B1 (en) * | 2004-07-07 | 2009-04-28 | Х. Лундбекк А/С | Novel carbamylated epo and method for its production |
EP1773400A2 (en) * | 2004-07-08 | 2007-04-18 | Amgen Inc. | Therapeutic peptides |
US7811560B2 (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2010-10-12 | Auxilium Us Holdings, Llc | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
-
2007
- 2007-01-29 US US11/699,302 patent/US7811560B2/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 TR TR2019/03008T patent/TR201903008T4/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 JP JP2008552504A patent/JP5309289B2/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 PT PT12155233T patent/PT2474321T/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 DK DK07762860.0T patent/DK1987141T3/en active
- 2007-01-30 IL IL291175A patent/IL291175B2/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 KR KR1020117006197A patent/KR20110046537A/en active Search and Examination
- 2007-01-30 CN CN200780008746.5A patent/CN101400788B/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 CA CA2637262A patent/CA2637262C/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 EP EP12155230A patent/EP2474320A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2007-01-30 NZ NZ593907A patent/NZ593907A/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 ES ES12155233T patent/ES2729941T3/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 KR KR1020087021302A patent/KR20080093142A/en active Search and Examination
- 2007-01-30 EP EP07762860.0A patent/EP1987141B8/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 NZ NZ569882A patent/NZ569882A/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 EP EP18209918.4A patent/EP3508571B1/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 ES ES07762860T patent/ES2709202T3/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 EP EP12155233.5A patent/EP2474321B1/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 HU HUE07762860A patent/HUE041764T2/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 WO PCT/US2007/002654 patent/WO2007089851A2/en active Application Filing
- 2007-01-30 CN CN201610369324.1A patent/CN105999244B/en active Active
- 2007-01-30 HU HUE12155233 patent/HUE044220T2/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 MX MX2008009756A patent/MX2008009756A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2007-01-30 BR BRPI0708017-4A patent/BRPI0708017A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2007-01-30 EP EP12155228A patent/EP2474319A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2007-01-30 PT PT07762860T patent/PT1987141T/en unknown
- 2007-01-30 DK DK12155233.5T patent/DK2474321T3/en active
- 2007-01-30 AU AU2007211313A patent/AU2007211313C1/en active Active
-
2008
- 2008-07-17 IL IL192878A patent/IL192878A/en active IP Right Grant
-
2010
- 2010-04-13 US US12/759,065 patent/US20100233151A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-16 US US12/837,933 patent/US20100330065A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-08-30 US US12/871,159 patent/US20110158972A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,719 patent/US20110189163A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,722 patent/US20110243908A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,716 patent/US20110189153A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,734 patent/US20110243909A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,720 patent/US20110243919A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-04-12 US US13/084,735 patent/US20110243920A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-27 JP JP2011285435A patent/JP2012070758A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2012
- 2012-02-15 AU AU2012200863A patent/AU2012200863B2/en active Active
- 2012-12-13 US US13/713,019 patent/US20140004094A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2015
- 2015-02-04 US US14/613,882 patent/US20160000889A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-03-31 JP JP2015072261A patent/JP6230200B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-05-02 IL IL245434A patent/IL245434A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-20 US US15/160,392 patent/US20170087229A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2016-10-04 JP JP2016196519A patent/JP6389493B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-08-28 IL IL254184A patent/IL254184B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-09-08 JP JP2017173236A patent/JP6851943B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-07-03 JP JP2018126943A patent/JP6792596B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-01-21 IL IL264361A patent/IL264361B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2019-12-19 JP JP2019229674A patent/JP6944989B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-09-13 IL IL277322A patent/IL277322B/en unknown
- 2020-10-02 US US17/062,372 patent/US20210106659A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2021
- 2021-04-19 JP JP2021070232A patent/JP7191152B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-09-14 US US17/932,230 patent/US20230158127A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2024
- 2024-05-13 US US18/662,818 patent/US20240299508A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5252481A (en) * | 1990-07-23 | 1993-10-12 | Pliva Farmaceutska, Kemijska | Mutant of bacterium Clostridium histolyticum, a process for the obtaining thereof, and its use in the production of clostripain-free collagenase |
US5514370A (en) * | 1991-11-20 | 1996-05-07 | Advance Biofactures Of Curacao, N.V. | High dosage topical forms of collagenase |
US5462739A (en) * | 1991-11-21 | 1995-10-31 | Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. | Microdelivery device and method for enhanced drug administration to the eye |
US5332503A (en) * | 1993-04-16 | 1994-07-26 | Baxter International Inc. | Process for purifying collagenase |
US5753485A (en) * | 1994-06-24 | 1998-05-19 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Purified mixture of collagenase I, collagenase II and two other proteases |
US5989888A (en) * | 1996-01-24 | 1999-11-23 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Purified mixture of collagenase I, collagenase II and two other proteases |
US6475764B1 (en) * | 1996-11-19 | 2002-11-05 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Recombinant collagenase type I from clostridium histolyticum and its use for isolating cells and groups of cells |
US5830741A (en) * | 1996-12-06 | 1998-11-03 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Composition for tissue dissociation containing collagenase I and II from clostridium histolyticum and a neutral protease |
US5952215A (en) * | 1996-12-06 | 1999-09-14 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Enzyme composition for tissue dissociation |
US20040137596A1 (en) * | 2001-07-02 | 2004-07-15 | Kurfuerst Manfred | Method for purifying an enzyme, a purified enzyme produced thereby, and use of this enzyme |
US20060204488A1 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2006-09-14 | Badalamente Marie A | Methods for treating adhesive capsulitis |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11879141B2 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2024-01-23 | Endo Global Ventures | Nucleic acid molecules encoding clostridium histolyticum collagenase II and methods of producing the same |
US11975054B2 (en) | 2012-01-12 | 2024-05-07 | Endo Global Ventures | Nucleic acid molecules encoding clostridium histolyticum collagenase I and methods of producing the same |
US10016492B2 (en) | 2012-05-01 | 2018-07-10 | Proteolease Ltd. | Methods for extracting a tooth |
US11123280B2 (en) | 2017-03-01 | 2021-09-21 | Endo Ventures Limited | Method of assessing and treating cellulite |
US11813347B2 (en) | 2017-03-01 | 2023-11-14 | Endo Ventures Limited | Method of assessing and treating cellulite |
US11473074B2 (en) | 2017-03-28 | 2022-10-18 | Endo Global Aesthetics Limited | Method of producing collagenase |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210106659A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating collagen-mediated diseases |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BIOSPECIFICS TECHNOLOGIES CORP., NEW YORK Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:YU, BO;WEGMAN, THOMAS L.;REEL/FRAME:024851/0063 Effective date: 20100428 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION |